summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/12792-h/12792-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:40:43 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:40:43 -0700
commit73ac169f42132ac00bdd2c45cae511a658e3ee10 (patch)
treee1f9f67ada22c8295e3c9587a539a27970e3dc01 /12792-h/12792-h.htm
initial commit of ebook 12792HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '12792-h/12792-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--12792-h/12792-h.htm8381
1 files changed, 8381 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/12792-h/12792-h.htm b/12792-h/12792-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdcec39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/12792-h/12792-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8381 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Young Captives | Project Gutenberg</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+body { margin-left: 20%;
+ margin-right: 20%;
+ text-align: justify; }
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight:
+normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 300%;
+ margin-top: 0.6em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.6em;
+ letter-spacing: 0.12em;
+ word-spacing: 0.2em;
+ text-indent: 0em;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+h5 {font-size: 110%;}
+
+.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+p {text-indent: 1em;
+ margin-top: 0.25em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
+
+p.poem {text-indent: 0%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ font-size: 90%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+p.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+p.right {text-align: right;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+div.fig { display:block;
+ margin:0 auto;
+ text-align:center;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;}
+
+p.caption {font-weight: bold;
+ text-align: center; }
+
+a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:hover {color:red}
+
+</style>
+
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12792 ***</div>
+
+<h1>THE YOUNG CAPTIVES</h1>
+
+<h3>A Story of Judah and Babylon</h3>
+
+<h2 class="no-break">by ERASMUS W. JONES</h2>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img2.jpg" width="136" height="85" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<h4>1907</h4>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>Contents</h2>
+
+<table summary="" style="">
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap00">PREFACE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap01">CHAPTER I. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap02">CHAPTER II. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap03">CHAPTER III. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap04">CHAPTER IV. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap05">CHAPTER V. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap06">CHAPTER VI. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap07">CHAPTER VII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap08">CHAPTER VIII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap09">CHAPTER IX. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap10">CHAPTER X. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap11">CHAPTER XI. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap12">CHAPTER XII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap13">CHAPTER XIII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap14">CHAPTER XIV. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap15">CHAPTER XV. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap16">CHAPTER XVI. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap17">CHAPTER XVII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap18">CHAPTER XVIII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap19">CHAPTER XIX. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap20">CHAPTER XX. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap21">CHAPTER XXI. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap22">CHAPTER XXII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap23">CHAPTER XXIII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap25">CHAPTER XXV. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap26">CHAPTER XXVI. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap27">CHAPTER XXVII. </a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap00"></a>PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p>
+This volume is the fruit of my leisure hours; and those hours in the life of a
+pastor are not very abundant. That the story has suffered from this, I do not
+believe. Whatever its defects may be, they are not owing to “the pressure of
+other duties.” So, dear reader, if this little work proves a failure, let not
+that <i>deep calamity</i> be attributed to any lack but the lack of ability in
+the author.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The semi-fictitious style of the writing, while displeasing to some, will be
+well-pleasing to others. “What I have written I have written;” perhaps in a way
+peculiar to myself. I know of some who could write charming books on this
+subject in a very different and perhaps a far superior style; but these I dare
+not try to imitate. I must write in my own way. It may be inferior to the way
+of others; but then it is much better to move around on your own limbs, even if
+they <i>are</i> rather “short metre,” than to parade abroad on stilts in
+mid-air.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the colloquies, I have not thought it best to follow strictly the Oriental
+style. However pleasing this might have been to some, I am well persuaded that
+it could not meet the approbation of the generality of readers; and as the
+great design of the work is to bear with weight upon some of the corrupt usages
+and wicked policies of the present day, I thought it advisable to shape the
+phraseology in conformity with modern usages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the prosecution of this work, I have consulted the following authorities:
+Josephus, Rollins’ “Ancient History,” Smith’s “Sacred Annals,” “Daniel, a Model
+for Young Men,” by Dr. Scott, Clarke’s, Henry’s, Scott’s, and Benson’s
+Commentaries; with some other smaller works.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In following the “Youths of Judah” through their various trials, at home and in
+a land of strangers, I have received much genuine pleasure and lasting profit;
+and that the reader, likewise, may be greatly pleased and benefited, is the
+sincere desire of his unworthy servant,
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+E<small>RASMUS</small> W. J<small>ONES</small>.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap01"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<p>
+A clash of swords and the cries of excited men resounded through the streets of
+the city. Two guardsmen were endeavoring to disarm and arrest a number of
+boisterous youths. The latter, evidently young men of good social position, had
+been singing bacchanalian songs and otherwise conducting themselves in a manner
+contrary to the spirit of orderliness which King Josiah was striving to
+establish in Jerusalem. The youths were intoxicated, and, when the two officers
+sought to restrain them, they drew swords and made a reckless attack on the
+guardians of the peace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the latter were outnumbered, they were courageous and skillful men,
+and soon had three of the party disarmed, accomplishing this without bloodshed.
+The fourth and last of the marauders, a handsome and stalwart young man
+apparently about twenty-one years of age, although at first desirous of keeping
+out of the mêlée, sprang to the aid of his companions. He cleverly tripped one
+of the watchmen and grappled with the other in such a way that the officer
+could not use his sword arm. This fierce onslaught gave the other members of
+the party new courage, and they joined in the battle again. The conflict might
+then have been settled in favor of the lawless party but for an unexpected
+circumstance. As one of the guardsmen gave a signal calling for reinforcements,
+the second made a desperate attempt to throw his young antagonist to the
+ground, and, as they struggled, his face came in proximity to that of the
+offending youth. He uttered an exclamation of surprise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ezrom! Ezrom!” cried he; “don’t add crime to your other follies! Do you
+realize what you are doing? See how you are about to bring disgrace upon your
+relatives. Make haste away from this place before the reinforcements come, or
+nothing will save you from the dungeon. I beseech you in the name of the king
+and your beloved family!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Instantly the plea had its effect. The young man drew back, and, hastily
+uttering a few words to his companions, led them away before they could be
+recognized by the gathering crowd.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The officer is a loyal friend of our house,” the youth explained, “and we have
+him to thank for getting us out of this trouble, temporarily at least. But the
+affair has attracted enough notice so that there is sure to be an inquiry
+to-morrow, and I for one will put the city of my birth behind me before the
+dawn of day. The son of Salome and the nephew of King Josiah will never again
+bring disgrace upon those he loves. To-night I flee to parts unknown, and
+bitter indeed will be the punishment of those of you who are apprehended for
+our offenses.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the vicinity of the Temple stood a beautiful dwelling. From outward
+appearances one would readily conclude that the inmates of that fair abode were
+not common personages. Wealth and taste were shown on every hand. To this
+house, in the heart of Jerusalem, came the young man who had rendered himself
+so conspicuous in the quarrel with the guard. He reached the place by a
+circuitous route and hastily entered. Although the hour was late two Hebrew
+maidens of rare beauty awaited his coming. They were in a state of anxious
+solicitude for the return of their erring brother, whose conduct of late had
+been such as to cause the most intense anxiety on the part of the pious
+household, for Ezrom belonged to the nobility of Judah and was a blood relation
+of the reigning monarch. Seeing his excited countenance, the sisters understood
+that something unusual had befallen him, and the elder of the two sprang to his
+side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What calamity has occurred to you, my dear brother?” she cried.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Be calm, sweet Serintha,” he replied, “and I will tell you all.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He then informed his sisters that with his three friends he had been guilty of
+taking up arms against the authorities—a crime punished with great severity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As Ezrom and his young men companions were connected with families of high
+station in Jerusalem, even having royal blood in their veins, they had the
+privilege of carrying weapons and were in the habit of going armed with swords.
+This unfortunate custom had only served in the end to get them into serious
+trouble, and Ezrom for one felt compelled to leave home during the night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These startling disclosures brought from both of his sisters a cry of agony.
+They implored him to remain, promising to exert every influence to save him
+from punishment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ezrom’s mind was firmly made up, however, and he declared that he never would
+face the impending exposure. He gathered together a few articles of clothing
+while his sisters followed him from room to room with painful sobs. He was soon
+ready. His younger sister, Monroah, fell on his neck in a paroxysm of grief.
+Ezrom could utter but a few broken words when he essayed to bid them farewell.
+His favorite harp stood by his side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Take this, my sweet Monroah,” he said, in trembling accents, “and whenever thy
+hand shall strike its chords of melody remember that thou art loved with all
+the strong affection of a brother’s heart. And now, in the presence of Jehovah
+I make the solemn vow that from this hour I shall reform my ways.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He then kissed his beloved sisters, and, with burning brow and tear-dimmed
+eyes, rushed from his father’s house and away to a land of strangers.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap02"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Nearly a quarter of a century had rolled away, and again the city of Jerusalem
+was ablaze with light and social gayety. But vastly different was the moral
+tone of the government. The good King Josiah had been called to rest, and his
+profligate son Jehoiakim was on the throne. Nightly the walls of the royal
+palace rang with the sound of high revelry. Laughter and drunken song echoed
+through every part of the proud edifice. Jehoiakim, following the example of
+some of his predecessors, did that which was evil in the sight of the Lord and
+filled the Holy City with his foul abominations. His counselors also lived in
+forgetfulness of the God of Israel. They flattered the king’s vanity and
+encouraged his excesses. Pride and infidelity promenaded together. Crimes of
+the darkest hue were being perpetrated with official sanction, and, although
+God’s prophets had the courage to rebuke the sinful rulers and warn them of
+their fearful doom, the moral standard of the city went lower and lower.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The night was serene and calm. The glorious orb shone brightly in the eastern
+skies and shed her silvery beams on the glassy lakes of Judea. In the clear
+moonbeams, those lofty towers of spotless white stood forth in majestic
+grandeur on the walls of the great metropolis. Nature, with smiles of lovely
+innocence on her fair countenance, was hushed to sweet repose; but not so the
+busy thousands that thronged the wide thoroughfares of Jerusalem. This day was
+one of the anniversaries of Jehoiakim’s reign, and at an early hour the city
+presented a scene of excitement. The king’s vanity provided everything
+requisite for a general display; and, although far from being loved by his
+numerous subjects, yet because they could eat, drink, and be merry at the
+expense of others, the streets of Jerusalem were thronged with those who cared
+far more for the gratification of their appetites than they did for their vain
+sovereign.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The royal palace was thronged with the rich, the great, the gay, and the giddy.
+Unholy excitement ran high. Wines and strong drinks flowed freely. Flattery
+without measure was poured into the ears of the king. “Long live Jehoiakim!”
+echoed from a thousand voices. The prophets of the Most High, who prophesied
+evil against Jerusalem, were ridiculed and laughed to scorn; and those few
+persons of influence who regarded them in a favorable light were made the
+subjects of their keenest sarcasm and their most insulting wit. It was about
+the third hour of the night. The king’s heart was merry with wine. A thousand
+of Judah’s nobles, with their wives, their sons, and their daughters, sat at
+the banquet table. Suddenly a voice, deep and solemn as the grave, was heard
+below, as if in the garden at the rear of the palace, crying, “Woe unto
+Jehoiakim, King of Judah! Woe! Woe to the Holy City!” The sound was of an
+unearthly nature. The assembly heard it, the king heard it. For a moment, all
+was still. Again the same deep minor sound was clearly heard. “Woe unto
+Jehoiakim, King of Judah! Woe! Woe unto the Holy City!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Seize the accursed wretch!” rang through the great apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king’s countenance was flushed with anger, while he cried, “Who is this
+vile dog that dares insult the King of Judah? Let the abominable one be dragged
+into my presence and then receive his instant doom!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A thorough search was made for the mysterious author of the confusion; guards
+and sentinels ran to and fro. Every corner of the enclosures was thoroughly
+examined, but all in vain. No trace could be found of the unwelcome herald.
+After a short interval, the agitation subsided and the company was again in the
+midst of wild revelry and merriment. The king endeavored to be merry; but the
+peculiar deep tone of that messenger of woe still sounded in his ears; and,
+with all his efforts, he could not forget it. In the midst of his depravity and
+wickedness, he still at times had some dread of that God whom he daily
+insulted. He sought to drown his unpleasant thoughts in mixed wines, but the
+King of Judah felt a presentiment of some awful calamity near at hand. With
+desperation he struggled against it, and joined in the boisterous laugh and
+merry song.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap03"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Higher and higher ran the excitement of the banquet-room. Loud peals of
+laughter broke from the merry throng. Musical instruments poured forth rich
+strains of melody. Jehoiakim was complimented on every hand, but the law of God
+was ridiculed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Jehoiakim sat on a magnificent throne, gilded over with pure gold. A large
+number of war officers sat near him. A royal herald passed through the throng,
+crying, “Listen to the oration of Sherakim! Listen to the oration of Sherakim!”
+Soon silence was obtained, and Sherakim the Orator stood before the vast
+concourse, and began:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Princes and Nobles of Judah! With merry hearts, we assemble from different
+parts of the kingdom to hail this festal day—the eleventh anniversary of the
+reign of our illustrious sovereign. Ye will not think it strange, nor consider
+it affectation, when I assure you that I tremble beneath the weight of honor
+conferred upon me at this time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The death of King Josiah, as ye well know, threw a partial gloom over Judah.
+Not because all of us considered his measures expedient and prudent, but
+because he was our king, and undoubtedly honest in his intentions, amid all his
+imperfections. Let the infirmities and mistakes of past monarchs be buried in
+their graves. We are not here to mourn over the past, but rather to rejoice in
+the present. We are here assembled to congratulate one another on the
+unprecedented happiness that flows to the nation from the reign of the truly
+illustrious sovereign that now adorns the throne of Judah. The faults and
+deficiencies of other-day kings are more than made up to the nation in the
+bright reign of the most excellent Jehoiakim. We do not expect that even the
+superior administration of our matchless monarch will suit the tastes and
+desires of weak-minded and superstitious men. The King of Judah, with all his
+superior powers, is not capable of satisfying the unreasonable demands of those
+deluded creatures who are yet too numerous in our midst. What good can result
+to anyone from spending half his time in yonder Temple, and there going through
+a long list of senseless ceremonies, with sad and melancholy looks?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Princes and Nobles of Judah! We rejoice together under the happy reign of a
+king who looks at those things with calm disdain, and smiles at the foolishness
+and darkness of other ages. Let us, therefore, banish gloom and enjoy life. Let
+deluded visionaries bow their heads, disfigure their countenances, and utter
+their plaintive moans; but let <i>men</i> stand erect, with joyful countenances
+and merry hearts! They tell us that Jerusalem is in danger; and they dwell with
+solemn emphasis on what they please to call ‘forgetfulness of God.’ They tell
+us that the Chaldeans are about to besiege the city, and take it! This old
+story will answer well to terrify shallow brains and young children; but, with
+men of sense, it will receive that silent contempt which it deserves. Let the
+citizens of Judah give themselves no uneasiness on account of the silly
+harangues of a wild and deluded fanatic who is a more fit subject to be
+confined with unruly lunatics than to be heeded as a teller of future events.
+However, I would not advise severity towards the followers of old Jeremiah.
+They are rather to be pitied than blamed. As long as they keep their delusion
+within their own circles, we shall let them alone; but let them be careful that
+they step not too far and disturb the happiness and enjoyment of others. Among
+themselves, let them talk about the ‘Law of their God,’ to their hearts’
+content; but as for us, we know of no <i>higher law</i> than the law of our
+king—the edicts of our grand sovereign. To him, and him alone, we pledge our
+undivided fidelity. Trusting in the King of Judah, we cheerfully go forward,
+and bid defiance to every foe. In conclusion, I have only to say, Long live
+Jehoiakim on the throne of Judah!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Long live Jehoiakim!” echoed throughout the assembly. The king bowed and
+smiled, and Sherakim the Orator’s countenance gave evidence that he considered
+his efforts as crowned with success. All was again hilarity and mirth. The wine
+passed freely around. Shouts of laughter rang through the spacious hall. A
+strange person entered the apartment, at that end opposite to the spot where
+the king sat on his golden throne. His singular appearance arrested the
+attention of all present. The stranger had passed the meridian of life. His
+figure was tall, his countenance striking. Deep solemnity rested on his visage,
+which presented a very strange contrast to the countenances that surrounded
+him. With a slow but firm step, he walked through the long passage and stood in
+the presence of Jehoiakim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vast assembly was soon hushed to silence, and spellbound from curiosity.
+Sherakim the Orator gazed on the king. The king, with an angry brow, gazed on
+the stranger. The stranger, in return, cast a withering glance on the king, and
+stood in his presence with form erect and fearless. He lifted his hand on high,
+and thus addressed the monarch:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hear the word of the Lord, O King of Judah, that sittest upon the throne of
+David. Woe unto him that buildeth his house by unrighteousness, and his
+chambers by wrong; that useth his neighbor’s service without wages, and giveth
+him not for his work. Did not thy father eat and drink and do justice, and was
+it not well with him? He judged the cause of the poor, and then it was well
+with him. ‘Was not this to know me?’ saith the Lord. But thine eyes and thine
+heart are not but for thy covetousness, for to shed innocent blood, and for
+oppression and for violence. Therefore, thus saith the Lord concerning
+Jehoiakim, ‘He shall be buried with the burial of an ass, drawn and cast forth
+beyond the gates of Jerusalem.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The stranger turned his back on Jehoiakim, and with the same slow, firm step,
+he marched through; and although the king in a rage gave orders for his arrest,
+there was none to lift a finger against the man of God. He was gone! and the
+assembly was left gazing in mute astonishment at one another. Such was the
+unearthly aspect of that mysterious stranger, that even the great flow of
+spirit was not proof against its effects. The deep tones of his mournful
+predictions reached their ears and even their hearts. In spite of their
+abominations and infidelity, they felt that there was a divinity in that awful
+voice of warning, and for a short period, at least, their hearts throbbed with
+guilty emotions of fear. Many a proud daughter of Judah trembled and turned
+pale, as she gazed on the solemn visage of the uninvited stranger, and as she
+listened to the deeptoned eloquence that fell from his lips. Others there were
+who felt a strange throbbing of heart, but each one vied with his fellow to
+hide his real feelings; and soon, by a show of bravado, the concourse fell back
+to the usual hilarity, marked by more than an ordinary degree of unholy wit,
+and blasphemous sarcasm.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap04"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The night was far advanced, and there were indications that the great festival
+was drawing to a close. The last feature expected was an address from the king.
+The hour appointed had arrived, and expectation ran high, but Jehoiakim made
+not his appearance. At last Sherakim appeared before the vast audience, and
+commenced an apology for the absence of the monarch in the following strain:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Princes and Nobles of Judah! It is with heartfelt regret that I am compelled
+to convey to you the painful intelligence that our illustrious sovereign, owing
+to illness, will not be able to deliver the royal address. This no one can
+regret more than your unworthy servant. Is it any wonder that—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just at this time, the king himself, with a flushed countenance and a very
+unsteady step, appeared on the stage. It was glaringly evident to all who were
+not in the same condition themselves, that the King of Judah was altogether
+incompetent for that important branch of business which, in despite of the kind
+remonstrances of his personal friends, he was determined to undertake.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reader is already aware that the king had been twice disturbed by the dark
+predictions of the persecuted Jeremiah. In the attempt to throw off his
+embarrassment, and appear courageous before his friends, he sought relief in
+mixed wines, of which he partook without restraint. These, in a measure, proved
+sufficient to stupefy his guilty conscience, but they added to his vanity and
+self-conceit. Long before the hour arrived for the delivery of the royal
+address, the King of Judah’s conversation amounted to nothing more than drunken
+babbling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A number of his most influential courtiers endeavored, with all their tact and
+ingenuity, to dissuade their sovereign from the attempt, urging that the
+excitement of the night had already so prostrated him that it would be unsafe
+for his health to enter again into the uproar of the festive hall. Now,
+Sherakim had come to the conclusion that their arguments had finally prevailed,
+and that the king had been comfortably removed to his bed-chamber; hence his
+remarks, which were cut short by the sudden appearance of the king. Jehoiakim,
+without any ceremony, commanded the orator to fall back; which command was
+instantly obeyed. Instead of ascending the throne, as usual, he took the stand
+that had been vacated by Sherakim, waved his hand, and loudly laughed, while
+the audience cheered; then, with violent gestures and faltering tongue, he went
+on:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Princes and Nobles of Judah! I am here! I tell you I am here! Am I not
+Jehoiakim, King of Judah? Is not this the glorious reign of my anniversary?
+Where is the villain that dares to say it is not? Then that is a settled
+question. I hear no contradiction. Who dares contradict? I hear no reply. Who
+is afraid of the King of Babylon? If ye know of such an one, bring the cowardly
+dog to me, and I will take off his head—Ha! ha! ha! Old Jeremiah! Where is he?
+Ah, I’ll soon put him out of the way. Can there be any danger while the King of
+Babylon is fighting with the King of Egypt?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Princess and Nobles of Judah! I perceive ye understand your sovereign. We are
+all safe! He dethroned me three years ago—Ha! ha! ha! Will he do it again?
+Shall I pay him any more tribute money? Never! I defy his power! And to-morrow
+I shall punish the enemies of Judah who live in our midst. Tomorrow shall flow
+rivers of blood!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The heavy blasts of trumpets were now distinctly heard without, which arrested
+the king in his drunken speech. A number of officers rose to their feet. A
+young officer in uniform rushed into the banquet-hall and cried at the top of
+his voice: “To arms! To arms! To arms, O Judah! The legions of the Chaldeans
+are approaching the Holy City! To arms! To arms! To arms!” and the officer
+hurried again into the street. The confusion that ensued was indescribable.
+Officers ran to and fro in wild haste. Wives and daughters wailed, lamented,
+and clung to their husbands and fathers in the utmost dismay. Hilarity and
+mirth were turned into sorrow and bitter lamentations. Those proud and lofty
+arches that had so lately rung to the sound of the merry song and boisterous
+laugh, now answered to the distracted cry of the fair daughters of Judah. Thus,
+in “confusion worse confounded,” broke up the great festival of the last
+anniversary of the reign of Jehoiakim, King of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The dawn of day presented to the inhabitants of Jerusalem their true and
+lamentable condition. A portion of the Chaldean army was already encamped on
+the plains before the city, and nearby the remaining legions were on a rapid
+march to the same spot. This sudden appearance of the forces of Nebuchadnezzar
+before the walls of Jerusalem was owing to the King of Judah’s refusing to pay
+the tribute money as agreed on another occasion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Three years before, the same king, who then reigned jointly with his father,
+brought his forces before the city, and without any resistance they thought fit
+to surrender. Jehoiakim was still permitted to reign, but subjected to be a
+tributary to the King of Babylon. For two years this agreement was adhered to
+by the King of Judah. On the third, the King of Babylon marched his forces into
+Egypt, to bring into subjection the revolting inhabitants, whom he had
+previously conquered. Jehoiakim, trusting that the Egyptians would be able to
+stand their ground, and, peradventure, prove victorious, thought this a
+favorable time to throw off the Chaldean yoke; and consequently, scornfully
+refused to pay the tribute money, and treated the Chaldean ambassador with
+haughtiness. But, contrary to the expectations of the King of Judah, the
+Egyptians, when they beheld the powerful legions of the Chaldeans, gave up
+their rebellion, and promised allegiance to the King of Babylon.
+Nebuchadnezzar, enraged by the conduct of the King of Judah, ordered his forces
+in Egypt to march and encamp before the walls of Jerusalem.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early in the morning of that fatal day, Jehoiakim called together a grand
+council, in order to deliberate on the best measures to be pursued in the
+painful emergency. Some advised a strenuous resistance; others said this would
+be vain—that the city was not able to stand a siege for one month because they
+were destitute of provisions, and, moreover, the army was in a very imperfect
+condition. The king thought it advisable to show no resistance, but to treat
+the King of Babylon with, civility. Finally, the grand council agreed that it
+was not expedient to resist the entrance of the King of Babylon, and concluded
+to throw open the gates of the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As yet the Chaldeans remained stationary, about thirty furlongs to the south.
+About the third hour they began to advance, their glittering arms, dazzling in
+the bright sunbeams, giving them a grand and imposing appearance. The walls of
+the city were thronged with anxious gazers, and all hearts throbbed with deep
+and painful anxiety. Nearer and nearer they approached! The rumbling of their
+war chariots fell heavily on the ear. The heavy hoofs of their spirited
+chargers made the earth tremble. The loud blasts of their numerous trumpeters
+were carried on the wings of the wind, while the echoes answered from the lofty
+towers of ancient Salem. Suddenly the massive gates were thrown open. Then a
+grand shout from the whole army rent the air. For hours they poured in through
+the wide portals, and once more the gods of the Gentiles were escorted in
+triumph through the wide thoroughfares of the “City of the Great King.”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap05"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The King of Judah’s treatment of the Chaldean ambassador, in regard to the
+tribute money, had so exasperated the King of Babylon, that he was determined
+to chasten his audacity with rigor. This monarch, at this period of his reign,
+was of rather a mild disposition, but, like his sires before him, a love of
+conquest had become with him a strong passion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Three years before, he had dealt with much mildness toward the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem. On taking the city, he charged his soldiers to show no indignity to
+the inhabitants, under the severest penalty—which charge was well heeded.
+Towards Jehoiakim he also evinced a kind disposition. With but few
+restrictions, he was permitted to reign. Now that Jehoiakim had abused these
+acts of kindness, had violated solemn obligations, and, in addition to all
+this, had publicly ridiculed the ambassador, Nebuchadnezzar’s indignation was
+kindled to a flame.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The King of Judah on this occasion, as well as on all other occasions of
+embarrassment and perplexity, sought relief in mixed wines. These stimulated
+his courage for the time being, which, being left to its own resources, was of
+a low order; but, under the effects of these deceitful liquids, he became
+heroic.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jared!” said Jehoiakim, “where is that Sherakim who was so full of fight at
+the banquet hall last night?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As my soul liveth, O king, I know not his whereabouts. I have not seen him
+since early dawn; and then he appeared to be in haste, and was in no mood for
+conversation.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A curse on his cowardly head! I suppose these Chaldeans have put his valor to
+flight. Jared! how many armed men have we within the royal enclosures?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Two hundred of the royal guard, O king, are present—all armed and ready to
+face death for their illustrious sovereign.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is well!” said Jehoiakim, filling his bowl. “Ha, ha, ha! Let the King of
+Babylon beware of my vengeance? What does the fool desire? The King of Judah is
+not to be frightened. Jared! where is Sherakim?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Sherakim, O king, is not to be found.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, I had forgotten. Sherakim not to be found! Ha, ha, ha! Sherakim not to be
+found! The cowardly babbler! Jared, command more wine! Sherakim has fled—he is
+afraid of a shadow—he has not the courage of a maiden. Have I not known him of
+old? Did not a thunderstorm always make him cry? Ha, ha, ha! Sherakim the
+orator! fool! coward!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A messenger, O king, from the King of the Chaldeans, desires to be introduced
+into thy presence. Shall I conduct him to the apartment?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Is he alone or accompanied?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Accompanied by armed men.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let the messenger be admitted, but let the guard remain behind.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The messenger was accordingly ushered into the presence of Jehoiakim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what business of importance has brought thee into the presence of the King
+of Judah?” asked Jehoiakim, with curling lip.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I stand in thy presence as a bearer of a message from my sovereign master,
+King of Babylon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Methinks I have seen thee on another occasion.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And was not my behavior honorable and becoming?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Did the King of Judah say otherwise?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, otherwise.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By his vile and haughty treatment of the king’s ambassador.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Be sparing with thine insolence, or at this time thou mayest fare far worse.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Chaldean ambassador is not to be frightened by idle threats from one who
+lives at the mercy of his master.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thinkest thou thyself safe because thou art surrounded with a few soldiers?
+Knowest thou not that within my call there are hundreds of armed men, ready to
+execute my will?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And knowest thou not that Jerusalem is in the hands of the Chaldeans, and that
+threescore thousand men of war are stationed in the city?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Threescore thousand! But come, sir, what is the message of the King of Babylon
+to the King of Judah? Let thy words be few.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then thou art commanded, without delay, to appear in my master’s presence, and
+there learn his sovereign will concerning thyself and the city.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>Commanded!</i> Ha, ha, ha! Go thy way, and inform thy master that if he
+desires to see Jehoiakim, King of Judah, he must call at the royal palace,
+where he may have his desires gratified.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I go. Faithfully will I convey thy answer to my illustrious sovereign.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The minister hastened from the royal palace, to convey to the king the result
+of the interview, while the King of Judah, waxing more desperate, still applied
+himself to his cups.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The King of Babylon, on his arrival in Jerusalem, ordered his magnificent royal
+tent to be pitched in the center of a large square in the very heart of the
+city. The great body of the army was stationed in another part—the royal guard
+remaining near the royal tent. From this spot went forth the summons to the
+King of Judah to appear in the presence of the King of Babylon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Where is his Royal Highness, the King of Judah?” asked Nebuchadnezzar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In his palace, O king, indulging in excess of wine, apparently perfectly at
+ease.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Is he not forthcoming?” asked the king, with a darkened brow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He laughs to scorn thy commands, O king! and wishes to inform thee that if
+thou hast aught to communicate he may be consulted at his palace.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By all the gods, the fellow is mad!” cried Nebuchadnezzar in a passion. “I’ll
+have to bend his stubborn will—yea, I <i>shall</i> do it. I thirst not for his
+blood; but let the guilty monarch beware how he trifles with my commands!
+Balphoras! haste thee back with a double guard, and inform Jehoiakim that my
+orders are not to be trifled with; and moreover, that if he persists in his
+stubbornness, I shall send sufficient force to drag him into my presence as a
+guilty culprit.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The communication was in perfect accordance with the desires and expectations
+of the Chaldean officer. Balphoras was in possession of an amiable mind. He was
+respectful to his superiors, kind and gentle to his inferiors. Wherever he was
+known among his countrymen he was greatly beloved. However, he was not
+insensible to injury or indifferent to abuse. He felt deeply; but had learned
+to be a greater conqueror than his master, inasmuch as he that governeth his
+own spirit is greater than he that taketh a city. Balphoras, without being
+unkind or selfish, desired to witness the humiliation of the King of Judah. The
+command of his king, therefore, was put in immediate execution, and the
+Chaldean minister, accompanied by a strong and imposing guard, once more was on
+his way to demand admission into the presence of the King of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+“Jared! Well would I have served those guilty dogs, if I had given orders to
+have their heads taken off. What sayest thou, Jared?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They richly deserved it, O king,” answered Jared, with his face in another
+direction, on which played a suppressed smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let them beware how they insult the King of Judah! Jared! hast thou learned
+aught of Sherakim’s whereabouts?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Naught, O king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ungrateful dog! Cowardly fool! Miserable brawler!—Sherakim! Bah! Jared, order
+more wine. Whom should Jehoiakim fear? Jared! what trouble is there in the
+porch? Haste thee and see.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Jared hastened to obey the commands of his drunken sovereign, and presently
+returned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The same messenger from the King of the Chaldeans demands an interview with
+the King of Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let him be admitted. Ha! ha! What next?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Balphoras, with a firm, dignified step, walked into the presence of Jehoiakim,
+who, in spite of his wine-propped courage, almost trembled beneath the
+Chaldean’s penetrating glance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what hast thou to communicate at this time?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My communication is short and decisive.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The shorter the better—let it be delivered.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My illustrious sovereign, the King of Babylon, wishes the King of Judah to
+understand, that his commands are not to be trifled with; and, moreover, that
+if the King of Judah persists in his stubbornness, he must be dragged into his
+presence as a guilty culprit.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who dares to utter such words in my presence?” cried Jehoiakim, in a rage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Chaldean minister, as the words of his illustrious sovereign.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Go and tell thine ‘illustrious sovereign’ that Jehoiakim spits upon his
+insolent demands.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy raving is in vain. Better far to bridle thy rage and comply. Be it known
+to the King of Judah, that I have three hundred chosen men of war at my
+bidding, who wait for the word of command. What is the choice of the King of
+Judah?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Be it known to thee, insolent fool,” cried the exasperated king, “that
+Jehoiakim laughs to scorn thy threats, and spurns thy counsels.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Alas for thine obstinacy, proud and reckless man!” answered Balphoras, as he
+left the apartment; “thy doom is sealed!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the departure of the Chaldean, Jehoiakim gave orders to his officers to
+be ready, at all hazards, to defend the royal enclosures against all further
+intrusion from the Chaldeans.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A curse upon his guilty head! Ha, ha! ‘Dragged into his presence,’ eh! Never!
+Fools! Villains! Let them beware of Jehoiakim’s vengeance.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While the King of Judah thus indulged in his wild delirium, a strong detachment
+of the Chaldean army was on a rapid march towards the royal palace, with orders
+to make a prisoner of Jehoiakim, and bring him into the presence of the King of
+Babylon. They soon reached the king’s gate, and demanded admittance; which
+demand was promptly and haughtily refused. This was but the signal for attack,
+and a furious combat followed. Both the Chaldeans and Jehoiakim’s men fought
+valiantly. The passage was defended with extreme bravery and valor; but after a
+most desperate struggle, the Chaldeans proved successful in forcing an
+entrance. The sentry at the palace door was soon overcome, and a company of
+Chaldeans rushed into the royal mansion; and, after some search, they found the
+king. Without ceremony he was dragged from his hiding place, and ejected from
+his palace. A shout of triumph broke from the Chaldeans, which only exasperated
+their antagonists. Another desperate rush was made for the rescue of their
+king, but it proved unavailing. He was conducted to the open street amid a
+general fight. The din of battle brought together vast multitudes, who, seeing
+their king a captive, added greatly to the strength of Judah’s forces; and the
+Chaldeans found themselves continually attacked from unexpected quarters. Thus
+the conflict waxed hotter and hotter as the Chaldeans desperately fought their
+way through the exasperated men of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally, the King of Judah was carried into the presence of Nebuchadnezzar and
+had he, even then, humbled himself, he might have escaped an awful doom. The
+behavior of Jehoiakim in the presence of the Chaldean monarch was that of a
+madman. To every inquiry he replied in the most insulting and abusive epithets;
+and to seal his own fate he madly rushed on the King of Babylon with his sword,
+and had it not been that this potentate was on his guard, it would have gone
+hard with him. This was beyond endurance. Nebuchadnezzar, stung to the quick,
+grasped his sword, commanded his officers to stand aloof, and faced his enraged
+foe. They made a few passes, and the sword of the Chaldean was plunged into the
+heart of the King of Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Take the ungrateful dog,” said the excited Babylonian, “and drag his worthless
+carcass, and throw it outside the city walls.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The command was immediately put in execution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus perished the wicked king, according to the word of the Lord, by the mouth
+of his servant Jeremiah.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap06"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Nebuchadnezzar called together a number of the leading men of Judah and
+explained his intentions with regard to the government. He also described the
+killing of Jehoiakim. It was not the policy of the conqueror to establish any
+rigorous system of public control. He required that Judah should remain as a
+tributary power, but he desired the country to make progress in its own way,
+and he took occasion to proclaim that Jeconiah should reign in the place of his
+father, Jehoiakim, who had just met his fate at the hands of the invader. Those
+who listened to Nebuchadnezzar were well pleased with his words and also with
+the elevation of Jeconiah to the throne.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Babylonian ruler, having now fully accomplished his ends, gave orders for
+the early departure of the victorious army for the plains of Chaldea. He
+decided to take with him, as prisoners of war, a number of youths of Judah. He
+had the twofold object of showing to his people some tangible evidence of his
+victory and of gaining for his court the advantage of having as aids and
+attendants some of the more cultured young men of Judea. With the aid of
+Jeconiah a list of suitable youths was soon prepared by the victorious
+monarch’s officers. These chosen ones were notified, the day of departure was
+fixed, and all energies were bent toward the speedy return of the army to the
+land of the Euphrates.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Let us now visit some of the homes of Judah, where the mandate of the
+Babylonian king had fallen as a pall upon the inmates. With one of these homes,
+located centrally and bearing evidence of prosperity and culture, the reader is
+already somewhat acquainted. In the room where young Ezrom took leave of his
+sisters, twenty-five years before, an interesting group had gathered. Monroah,
+the last survivor of Salome’s children, had wedded Amonober, and four lovely
+children blessed their union. These youths were now orphans, however, the
+youngest being a maiden of sixteen, who possessed the rare beauty for which the
+family was noted. Her name was Perreeza. The three brothers were named
+Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah. The love of these brothers for their sister was
+returned with all the ardor of an affectionate and sincere girl. These youths
+were among those selected as prisoners of war.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In company with the young men, when they broke the news of the king’s decision
+to Perreeza, was Jeremiah the Prophet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, brothers!” exclaimed the distressed maiden, “must ye be torn away from an
+only sister? Oh, man of God! What will Perreeza do? My heart will break. Oh, my
+brothers! We cannot part!” and she fell on the neck of Hananiah and wept
+bitterly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We think it not strange, dear damsel,” said the prophet, “that thy young heart
+is made sad. But the things that are enshrouded in mystery to-day will yet beam
+forth in wondrous wisdom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If to Babylon my brothers go, I must accompany them,” said Perreeza, with much
+decision. “It must be so! Jerusalem will have no charms for me when those I
+love dearer than life are far away!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Surely that would be our joy and desire,” replied Azariah, “but alas! I fear
+it will not be possible to have such a request granted. The exact number is
+selected and no females are marked on the captive list.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But dear brother, an effort must be put forth without delay to procure thy
+sister permission.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, beloved, and an effort will be put forth, promptly and urgently.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This answer of the brother partly soothed the troubled spirit of the young
+damsel, and the suggestion on her part opened a little door of hope before the
+brothers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Amonober, father of these interesting youths, was a brother of King Josiah.
+Another brother was Baromon, who had died leaving a widow, Josepha, a son,
+Daniel, and two daughters. The two families stood among the foremost in the
+religious and social life of the Holy City. Young Daniel was one of the noble
+youths chosen by Nebuchadnezzar to go to Babylon. His pious and noble mother
+and sisters, after their first outburst of grief, committed him to God’s care.
+They became reconciled to their bereavement through the counsel of Jeremiah,
+who declared that the God of Israel was shaping the whole affair for the
+advancement of his kingdom on earth.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap07"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Daniel and the Amonober children, from their first interview with the officers
+of the King of Babylon, had left a very favorable impression on the minds of
+those high dignitaries; and although, in reality, they were but captives of
+war, they were treated with that high civility due to nobility and rank. This
+caused much astonishment to the youths themselves, and served in part to calm
+and reconcile them to their lot. The ardent desire of Perreeza to accompany
+them to the land of their captivity had been made the subject of their
+thoughts, and served if possible to deepen in their minds the fountain of pure
+affection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early next morning, the brothers bent their footsteps towards the temporary
+residence of one of Nebuchadnezzar’s officers, with whom, at this time, they
+had to do. The manner in which they formerly had been received gave them some
+encouragement to hope that their mission would be crowned with success. They
+soon reached the “spot, and were admitted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what is the pleasure of these young noblemen of Judah?” asked Barzello,
+with a pleasant smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let thy young servants find favor in the sight of their kind and noble
+master,” said Hananiah, “while with deep humility they make known their
+request. The illustrious Barzello, we trust, will pardon us for this intrusion
+upon the time of the King of Babylon’s noble officer, and listen patiently to
+their urgent prayer. Thy kind deportment towards thy servants, for these many
+days, has given them courage thus to stand in thy presence without any painful,
+distracted fears. We are the sons of Amonober, the brother of King Josiah,
+under whose reign, for many years, Judah smiled amid peace and plenty. Thy
+servants were early instructed in the religion of our sainted father, who, with
+our beloved mother, feared the God of Israel, and worshiped in his holy Temple.
+While thy servants were yet young, Amonober our father died, and was gathered
+to his fathers, and today he calmly rests by the side of his illustrious
+brother, King Josiah. Thus the best of mothers was left a widow with her
+fatherless children. Thy servants, feeling it no less a pleasure than a duty,
+endeavored to comply with our father’s dying request, by being ever kind to our
+beloved mother. Thus time passed away for two years, and our pathway once more
+seemed to be bright and pleasant, when suddenly our mother died. Thy servants
+were called to stand by the side of her couch before she departed, and these
+were her parting words:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘To you, my sons, I commit my sweet Perreeza! Let her youthful feet be
+tenderly watched by the eyes of love. Whisper words of sweet, brotherly
+affection in her youthful ears. Oh, deal gently and kindly with the dear,
+motherless lamb! Remember the dying request of a mother, and throw your arms of
+protection around your orphan sister.’
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Having concluded these words, our mother closed her eyes, and gave up the
+ghost. This beloved object of a mother’s dying request has been, for many
+years, the center of thy servants’ joy and happiness, and one smile from our
+own Perreeza will often turn our darkness into day. Our love for her is
+returned with all the ardor of a sister’s pure affection. The sad news of our
+destined departure from this our native land has well-nigh overwhelmed her
+heart with sorrow. The thought of parting makes her spirit faint; and thy
+servants are sincere when they assure their compassionate master that they
+greatly fear that, if compelled to be separated from her brothers, Perreeza
+will sink under the deep weight of sorrow, and pass away to the spirit land. In
+compliance with her very urgent request, thy servants at this time stand as
+petitioners before their benevolent superior. We are not here to ask to be
+released from any demand. We patiently yield to the stern necessity that calls
+us away; but we are here, O most excellent Barzello! to ask a favor for
+another, which, if granted, will always live in our grateful memories: it is,
+that Perreeza, our beloved sister, be permitted to accompany us to the land of
+the Chaldeans.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And how old is this young sister, of whom ye speak in such terms of
+commendation?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perreeza has but just commenced her seventeenth year.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This request must be presented before my lord, the king. Call again at the
+setting of the sun, and ye shall learn his pleasure in this matter. Be assured
+that my influence shall be exerted in your behalf.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And the prayers of thy servants shall always ascend to the God of Judah for
+ten thousand blessings on the head of Barzello;” and in the most respectful
+manner, they left the apartment.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+“Barzello,” said the King of Babylon, in a pleasant mood, “are my chosen
+captives in a ready trim for their departure?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All ready at the word of command, O king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But what thinkest thou of those brothers? Hast thou had an opportunity of
+testing their merits?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The brothers and cousins, O king, have been repeatedly in my presence, and
+have given me positive proof that they are youths of very superior abilities
+and great worth. Their amiable deportment and truly noble bearing have left on
+my mind a very favorable impression. Indeed, the youths of Babylon, who pride
+themselves so much on their superior learning and high attainments, might learn
+precious lessons of wisdom from these very youths of Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By the gods! Barzello,” said the king, laughing heartily, “if at this rate
+these youths continue to grow upon thy good opinion, before many days thou wilt
+be a convert to the religion of Judah!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Of the religion of Judah I know but little; but if these children are a fair
+specimen of its operations, I cannot think that there is anything very
+dangerous or offensive in it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, when we arrive in Chaldea, we shall give their powers a fair trial. But
+are there any more brothers in that family?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No more, O king,” replied the officer, inwardly thanking the king for the
+question. “There are but three brothers and one young sister.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She will be a comfort to her mother in the absence of her sons,” said the
+king, in a thoughtful mood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But the young damsel has no mother. For many years the children have been both
+fatherless and motherless.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then there must be bitter parting there, Barzello! This young damsel, an only
+orphan sister, must be bound to her brothers by more than common ties.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“True, O king,” answered Barzello, somewhat animated. “The thought of parting
+grieves them beyond description. It was but this morning that the brothers
+sought an interview with me on this very point, and pleaded in her behalf with
+such melting eloquence as well-nigh robbed me of all my generalship. I
+dismissed them by stating that I would lay their petition before my lord the
+king, and that I would give them his answer at the setting of the sun.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Barzello!” said the king, in a firm tone, “I cannot change my purpose in
+regard to those brothers. Nothing shall prevail upon me to give them up. To
+Babylon they must go! I have spoken the word! Let there be no pleading in their
+behalf—I cannot grant their petition.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I humbly beg my lord the king’s forgiveness,” replied the officer, with a
+smile; “but let me assure him that the noble youths have made no petition of
+that nature.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But what <i>do</i> they ask?” asked the king, with some astonishment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They ask, O king, as the greatest favor, that this their young orphan sister,
+be permitted by the king to accompany her brothers to the land of the
+Chaldeans.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And has not this small favor been granted?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Barzello now stands in the presence of his sovereign in behalf of the Hebrew
+damsel, asking for her a permission.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And the permission is granted. And furthermore, Barzello, see that she is well
+provided for, and dealt gently with, for the maiden is of kingly line.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All this shall be strictly attended to, O king,” said the well-pleased
+officer, as he respectfully left the presence of the monarch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was now late in the afternoon. The “regent of day” was gradually fading from
+the sight of the inhabitants of the valley, and was smilingly sinking beyond
+the western hills, and Barzello hastened his footsteps toward his headquarters.
+After having reached his apartment, he seated himself, and indulged in some
+reflections, which, if we might judge from his countenance, we might pronounce
+to be of a pleasing nature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While thug musing, he was roused by the entrance of one of his servants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What now, Franzo?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Three young men and a damsel stand below, desiring the favor of an interview
+with my master.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let them be conducted into my presence; and see thou to it that they receive
+due respect from all below. They are persons of distinction.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sister and brothers were conducted into the presence of Barzello, where
+again they were received with peculiar attention.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The officer of the king of the Chaldeans is always happy to meet his young
+friends, and will consider it a great pleasure to add to their comfort and
+happiness. And this young damsel, I am led to believe, is your sister of whom
+ye spake this morning.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is Perreeza, our sister,” replied Azariah; “her sense of obligation to
+our noble friend for his generous feelings in her behalf, has prompted her to
+embrace the privilege of appearing in person, to acknowledge her deep
+gratitude.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It gives me much pleasure to behold your sister, but I am not aware of any
+service rendered that calls for a great amount of gratitude.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants,” said Azariah, “in compliance with the directions received this
+morning, are in thy presence to learn the will of the king, in regard to thy
+servants’ request, as made known to him through the intervention of his
+generous officer.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ye did well to come at the appointed hour. I am always well pleased with
+strict punctuality. I am happy to inform you, that your request in regard to
+your sister is very readily granted; and, moreover, the king has given me
+particular directions to see that she has everything requisite to her perfect
+comfort in journeying, which directions will be obeyed with the utmost
+pleasure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Silent tears of joy coursed down the cheeks of both sister and brothers. They
+were so affected by the result of their effort, together with the unaffected
+tenderness of Barzello, that for a short interval they could in no wise give
+utterance to their feelings. Perreeza was the first to break the spell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The most excellent Barzello will please accept the humble thanks of an orphan
+maiden of Judah, for his kind regards. The God of the fatherless and motherless
+will surely reward his servant, and cause blessings and prosperity to rest on
+his household. Thy kindness shall not be forgotten. Our daily prayers shall
+ascend to the God of Judah in thy behalf, with the smoke of our morning and
+evening sacrifices.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And I trust the youthful maiden of Judah,” said the officer, in a voice far
+from being firm, “will live to see many happy years in the fair land of the
+Chaldeans.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The interview was at an end, and the youths of Judah quietly directed their
+footsteps to that beautiful mansion which was well known in that vicinity as
+the “House of Amonober.”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap08"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+On the journey to Babylon, nothing of note transpired. The royal captives
+continued to receive peculiar marks of attention and very clear demonstrations
+of regard. They readily and justly concluded that all this originated in the
+generous heart of Barzello; and thus he became more and more endeared to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The King of the Chaldeans’ return to Babylon, at the head of his victorious
+army, was hailed with loud acclamations of joy. The great capital of his
+extensive empire was filled to overflowing with exulting thousands, to welcome
+the victorious monarch from a brilliant campaign. Proud banners floated in
+triumph on the high turrets, while a thousand minstrels filled the air with
+their high-sounding melody.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nebuchadnezzar was as yet but a young monarch. He spared no pains to render
+himself acceptable to his people, by a worthy deportment and a liberal
+encouragement of all improvements throughout his realm, and especially within
+the city of Babylon. At this period, he was greatly beloved by his subjects,
+and his popularity was plainly visible in the unbounded welcome with which he
+was received and escorted to the royal palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not far from the king’s palace stood a splendid mansion of broad and lofty
+dimensions. Within the enclosures, everything was arranged with faultless
+taste. In front, large beds of roses unveiled their charms, and sent forth
+their sweet fragrance. Each side was well ornamented with shrubbery, and the
+rear beautified with a garden abundantly filled with delicious fruits. With the
+permission of the reader, we will now enter. In a richly-furnished apartment
+within this noble edifice, sat a man of commanding exterior, attired in rich,
+military official costume. Caressingly on his bosom leaned a young damsel, over
+whose head sixteen summers might have gently rolled. Joy and gladness beamed in
+every feature of her lovely countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, happy day! Father is home again! Jupheena will now be happy. The time of
+thy absence seemed long and dreary; but thou art back again in our happy home!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, my child, I am really home again, and am happy to find my sweet Jupheena
+as well and as sprightly as ever.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But my dear father has happily returned sooner than we expected; thy stay in
+Egypt was but short.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Short, indeed, my daughter. Pharaoh-Necho, when he saw our powerful legions,
+soon came to terms of peace; and in this I admire his wisdom. From Egypt, we
+marched into the capital of Judah, and gained an entrance without resistance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My stay in Jerusalem, thou knowest, was but short, and my facilities for
+observation were not very favorable; but owing to peculiar circumstances, I
+became partially acquainted with those in Judah who left deep and happy
+impressions on my mind. I found a few young men of the kingly line, who, in my
+opinion, were far superior in mind to any I ever had the pleasure of
+beholding.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dear father! that is saying much. Then they must have been very different from
+their royal relation, of whom thou speakest.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou hast well said, my daughter. Happy would it have been for that distracted
+nation if one of those youths had graced the throne of Judah, instead of the
+profligate Jehoiakim.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then it appears, surely,” said the daughter smilingly, “that true excellence
+and superiority are not confined to Chaldea. But I hear nothing in praise of
+Judah’s <i>maidens</i>.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The maidens of Judah are fair—some of them exceedingly fair. Thou wilt wonder,
+perhaps, to hear that the peculiar grace and artless eloquence of one of these
+maids of Judah so affected thy father’s heart, that he could not refrain from
+shedding tears.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And have these interesting captives arrived in the city?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, my daughter, they are already in Babylon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And shall not thy daughter have the pleasure of seeing this orphan maid of
+Judah?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, verily! this day thou shalt see her; and if thou art well pleased with
+her and with her society, she may be an inmate of my house, and a companion for
+my daughter.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But can the young maiden converse in Chaldee?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She speaks our language, my daughter, with a degree of fluency that is really
+astonishing. It is evident that her attainments are quite superior, and that
+all the advantages which Judah’s capital could afford have been lavished upon
+her.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh! it will be delightful to learn beautiful stories of other lands, and have
+such a sweet and lovely creature for my companion; I am almost impatient to see
+her.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I will have her conveyed hither without delay. If I mistake not, the maiden
+will be delighted to tarry under the roof of one whom she calls her ‘bountiful
+benefactor.’ Thy father will now leave for a short season, to attend to some
+business matters of importance. In two hours I return.” And kissing his sweet
+Jupheena, the soldier hurried out of the apartment. A chariot stood ready at
+his door, into which he stepped, and was hurried away to another part of the
+city.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap09"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The royal captives, on arriving in the city, were conveyed, according to the
+strict orders of Barzello, to certain appropriate apartments, prepared for
+their reception, and nothing requisite to their comfort and entertainment was
+left wanting. On the very first day of their arrival the God-fearing youths
+found themselves to be favorites in a land of strangers. The God in whom they
+trusted gave them adequate strength for their peculiar trials. They found
+themselves in possession of energy of spirit and courage, that was truly a
+source of wonderment to themselves. They thought of friends and home with all
+the fervor of pure affection; but it was not accompanied with those painful,
+agonizing emotions that are wont to accompany the remembrance of native land
+and absent friends; in regard to which state of mind they could well adopt the
+language of one of their happiest monarchs: “This is the Lord’s doing, and it
+is marvelous in our sight.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was about the ninth hour. The youthful group were seated together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, cousin,” said Azariah, smiling and looking round the apartment, “this
+has more the appearance of being guests of royalty than poor captives of war.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, truly,” replied Daniel; “and in this we clearly see the loving-kindness
+of our God, by whom princes rule and kings govern.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our kind friend, Barzello,” said Hananiah, “has promised to call on us ere the
+sun sets.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And he will certainly fulfill his promise,” said Mishael.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We have proved him a genuine and a wise counselor,” said Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And his loving-kindness shall ever remain deeply graven on our memories,” said
+Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perreeza hopes,” said the sister, “that it may be her good providence to be
+always near the good man, where she may often see his smiling face.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our excellent master, under the direction of the King of kings, will order all
+things for the best,” said Hananiah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let us always remember the parting admonitions of our good Prophet,” said
+Mishael, “and calmly submit our all to the wisdom of the Keeper of Israel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Even so, amen!” replied the others.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Quick footsteps were heard without. The door opened, and Barzello entered the
+apartment. The youths unitedly arose, and bowed low, in humble token of respect
+to the noble officer.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img3.jpg" width="470" height="627" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">Barzello entered the apartment
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+“I trust my young friends from Judah find these apartments a comfortable
+resting place.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants,” replied Daniel, “are overwhelmed with thy kindness, and hope,
+in some sphere, by a true and honest deportment, to be able to show their
+benefactor that his kindness is duly appreciated.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And how does our young maid of Judah feel after her long journey?” asked
+Barzello, as he smilingly approached Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy maid of Judah is in good health; and being so well provided for on her
+journey, she experienced but a very slight inconvenience.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But she must be further provided for. She must have a permanent home in the
+vicinity of her brothers. An officer of the king, in the city, with whom I am
+well acquainted, having learned something of the history and deportment of this
+your sister, would desire her, if not contrary to her wishes, to be an inmate
+of his house, and a companion for his only child—a maiden of sixteen summers.
+Would this be acceptable to the young damsel?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Abundantly acceptable, most kind Barzello!” said Perreeza. “Thy young handmaid
+is ready at any time to do the pleasure of her protector.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I will accompany thee thither without any delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perreeza withdrew to another apartment, and in a short time, returned, attired
+in her rich native costume, and giving Barzello a sign that she was ready, they
+both left the apartment. Soon Perreeza found herself by the side of her kind
+friend, in a richly-ornamented chariot, that hurried them through the wide and
+busy thoroughfares. Perreeza was somewhat astonished at the greatness and
+grandeur of this Gentile metropolis.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Your Babylon is truly a great city,” said she.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The greatest on record. How in thine eye compares its beauty with the capital
+of Judah?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In the ornamental—in splendid gardens and bubbling fountains—Babylon surely
+stands far superior.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chariot halted, and Perreeza found herself in front of one of the most
+beautiful mansions she had ever beheld.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And is this the officer’s mansion?” asked Perreeza, gazing with a degree of
+astonishment at the great structure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, this is it, fair damsel. But thou appearest somewhat embarrassed. Let the
+maid of Judah have no fears, for I have every confidence that she will do
+well.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Is the noble officer at home?” asked the maid, endeavoring to appear composed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He is about the premises, and will soon be in,” replied Barzello, with a
+smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What delicious flowers!” cried Perreeza, breathing a little easier.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Babylon abounds with the like, fair damsel. But come, let us enter, for the
+officer’s daughter is in haste to behold the youthful maid from the land of
+Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Barzello ascended those steps of spotless marble, and, with a degree of freedom
+that seemed to surprise his young companion, he entered a spacious apartment,
+richly furnished and beautifully ornamented, where Jupheena was ready to
+receive them, with loving smiles of welcome.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jupheena, this is the young maid from the land of Judah, of whom thy father
+spoke,” and, directing his language to Perreeza, at the same time giving
+Jupheena a glance that was readily understood, he said, “and, young damsel,
+this is the officer’s daughter of whom I spoke.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two maidens, as if by a magic spell, were drawn to each other’s arms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I shall leave you for a short period, Jupheena,” said the officer; “thy father
+will soon return; when he comes, thou wilt be most happy to present to him thy
+young companion,” and Barzello left the apartment, and thus the two fair ones
+were left together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am happy to see my young friend from Judah,” said Jupheena. “I have been
+deeply affected by thy history, and that of thy noble brothers. I trust, that
+in the absence of thy friends, we shall be able to make thee happy.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Since we left our beloved Jerusalem, and even before, we have experienced
+naught but kindness from the noble officers of the king, especially the most
+excellent Barzello. His sympathies have well-nigh overwhelmed us, and we shall
+love him as long as we live, and implore the blessing of the God of Israel to
+rest upon his household. Was it not he that kindly spoke of thy young
+handmaiden to thy father?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am not aware who it was that first spoke to my father of the maid of Judah,”
+replied Jupheena, smiling, “but Barzello, surely, is deeply interested in thy
+welfare.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Barzello again entered, and Perreeza looked for the other officer, but no other
+officer was present. Jupheena arose, and, taking her young companion by the
+hand, led her to her father.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Maid of Judah, I have now the pleasure of presenting thee to my own dear
+father, the king’s officer, under whose roof I trust thou wilt find a welcome
+home.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And this is his only daughter, Jupheena, of whom he spoke,” said Barzello,
+highly delighted. “I trust the maid of Judah will find her a pleasant
+companion.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was the effect of this innocent piece of deception on the mind of young
+Perreeza, that all the response she could make, was to fall on the neck of her
+young companion, and weep aloud. But those tears were tears of joy; and those
+lofty walls were witnesses to the fast falling of other tears than those shed
+by the maid of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Blessed be the Lord God of Israel!” cried Perreeza, when partially recovered,
+“who hath given me favor in the eyes of this people! May Jehovah smile upon his
+servant Barzello, and upon his lovely daughter, who thus throw open their door
+to welcome an orphan maid of Israel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou shalt find under this roof a welcome home,” said Barzello, affectionately
+taking Perreeza by the hand; “in Jupheena thou wilt find a worthy companion and
+an affectionate friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy daughter,” answered Jupheena, “will always esteem it a high pleasure to
+add to the happiness of her young friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And Jehovah assisting me,” cried the Hebrew maid, “I will endeavor so to walk
+before my kind protectors as to be always worthy of their friendly regard.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If it be pleasing to thy young friend,” said Barzello, addressing himself to
+his daughter, “she may be again conducted to inform her brothers of her new
+home.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My brothers will be overjoyed,” answered Perreeza, “to learn of the happiness
+of their sister; and to me, it will afford the greatest pleasure to convey to
+them the joyful intelligence.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If it will please my daughter,” said Barzello, “she may accompany us. What
+sayest thou, Jupheena?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy daughter most gratefully accepts thy kind offer.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our young friend, peradventure, will be pleased to see her brothers and cousin
+without any delay, while Jupheena will accompany her father on an errand of
+business at the house of an officer nearby. Thou mayest inform thy brothers and
+cousin that we shall call and see them presently.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perreeza embraced the opportunity, and, thanking the officer with one of her
+peculiar smiles, hurried to their apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Back again, precious Perreeza!” cried Azariah, hastening to meet her. “And did
+our sister see the king’s officer and his young daughter, of whom Barzello
+spoke?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I did!” exclaimed his sister, while unusual joy beamed in her countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And from thy countenance I am prepared to judge that the interview has been a
+happy one,” said her cousin Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Never was there a happier interview, cousin. The noble officer’s kindness is
+unbounded, and his daughter is one of the loveliest beings I ever beheld.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perreeza, I trust, will not forget the kindness of Barzello, in the warmth of
+her gratitude to her new friend,” said Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Never fear that, my dear brother. The remembrance of Barzello’s kindness is
+too deeply graven on Perreeza’s heart to be ever forgotten; and while I remain
+under the roof of the king’s officer, I shall daily become more and more deeply
+indebted to the kind Barzello.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It must be that through his kind interposition our beloved sister found so
+good a home,” said Mishael, “and if this officer, under whose roof she has
+found a shelter, partakes of the spirit of Barzello, her home must be a happy
+one. Perreeza, does he appear like unto our noble friend?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The very image of him!” said the sister, laughing heartily. “Now, brothers and
+cousin, let Perreeza undeceive you on this point. This noble officer, whose
+house is to be my future home, is none other than our own illustrious Barzello
+himself. This truth was made known to me in a way that well-nigh prostrated me.
+Oh, brothers, is not this delightful?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Praised be Jehovah!” broke from the lips of the youths of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“For conversation we have but a short time,” said Perreeza; “Barzello and his
+lovely Jupheena are below, and will be here in a few moments, and from hence I
+accompany them to their home. Hark ye! I hear their footsteps.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Barzello, with a smiling countenance, entered the apartment, leading by the
+hand his beautiful daughter. Perreeza ran to meet her young companion, while
+the four youths were not wanting in appropriate obeisance to the noble officer;
+all of which was closely watched by the smiling young Chaldean maid.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Have our young friends received any communications from any of the king’s
+officers since our last interview?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants have received no communication from any source, since the
+departure of their kind friend, about the ninth hour,” answered Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To-morrow morning, peradventure, ye shall learn the pleasure of the king in
+regard to your future course; and I trust ye will find that our noble monarch
+is not wholly unmindful of your former rank and station in your own land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Permit thy unworthy servants once more,” said Azariah, “to acknowledge, with
+grateful hearts, thy kind regards for their beloved sister, whom thou hast
+taken as an inmate of thy hospitable mansion. Perreeza will always delight to
+do thy pleasure, and to be the obedient servant of thy amiable young daughter.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Your sister, while under my roof, shall not be looked upon in an inferior
+light. The chosen companion of my daughter will command due respect from those
+in high circles. The maid of Judah need not feel embarrassed, for her literary
+attainments will compare favorably with the most polished maidens of her own
+age in Babylon. She is not a <i>captive</i>. With the noble feeling of a
+sister’s heart, and of her own accord, she accompanied her brothers to a land
+of strangers. She is as free as any daughter of Chaldea; and therefore my
+Jupheena will be happy to introduce her to her friends in her real character,
+as a youthful maid of the royal line of Judah. In thus drawing a line of
+distinction between yourselves and your sister, far be it from me to think that
+your present relation to our government renders you, in any <i>real</i> sense,
+inferior to others—’tis but a name, and will soon be forgotten; for it is in
+the power of the king to elevate you, not only to proper citizenship, but to
+high rank and prominent stations in the government.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Your sister will now accompany us home. Any article she wishes conveyed
+thither, shall be sent for without delay. Now, my daughter, are we ready?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All ready, father, unless Perreeza has aught unfinished.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have naught to hinder,” answered Perreeza, with a trembling voice.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap10"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<p>
+In a royal apartment, decorated in superlative grandeur, sat the powerful
+monarch of Chaldea. He was alone. His countenance bespoke a degree of
+self-complacency and satisfaction. Around him, on a rich carpet, were several
+large scrolls of manuscript, while, in his hand, he held carelessly what
+appeared to be a well-arranged map of battle fields and grand points of attack.
+Chaldea, at this time, was the seat of science and learning. Thither the great
+of other nations resorted to acquire literary distinction. Nebuchadnezzar, from
+his childhood, had been initiated into all the arts and sciences; and, as he
+was a youth possessing a superior mind, he made great proficiency in all his
+numerous studies. Before he ascended the throne, he was pronounced to be one of
+the brightest scholars within the whole realm; and now, although a monarch,
+surrounded by a thousand cares and perplexities, he bestowed much thought on
+his own favorite studies; and one of his most prominent desires was the
+perpetuity and advancement of learning among his subjects. A dull individual,
+however high in his rank, could never share the company of the young King of
+Babylon. All who moved within the royal enclosures, whether as courtiers,
+under-officers, or domestics, had to be those of discerning minds and
+intelligence. What exact train of thought occupied the monarch’s mind at this
+time we may better judge, perhaps, from the sequel. He rose from his reclining
+posture and lightly touched a shining key, which instantly answered in a remote
+part of the royal palace. The door opened, and an officer bowed himself into
+the apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what is the pleasure of my lord the king?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ashpenaz,” said the king, in a familiar voice, “thou knowest well that there
+is a painful scarcity of waiters to stand in the presence of the king; and even
+those we have are not what I could desire them to be in point of intelligence
+and cultivation. This must be remedied without delay. My father’s taste in this
+matter was somewhat different from mine. Far be it from me to cast any
+reflection on the judgment of my illustrious father; but the glory and splendor
+of my empire are on the forward march, and things at the royal palace must not
+be permitted to fall in the rear. I am about to lay a foundation to a measure
+that will yet shed glory and luster on my reign. What is more mortifying,
+Ashpenaz, while endeavoring to entertain our own dignitaries, and the visiting
+nobles of other nations, than to witness the blundering ignorance of our
+attendants? In this I cast no blame on my worthy and noble officer—by no means.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In my last campaign I gave orders to convey to Babylon a number of young men
+of the kingly line, both from Egypt and Judah. From the conversation I had with
+Barzello, I am led to believe that there are among them some very superior
+minds. Now, it is the wish of thy king that a number of these youths be taken,
+and, in company with some of our own young men, be trained up in the knowledge
+of our arts and sciences, and receive, moreover, particular instruction in all
+the laws of etiquette, and court customs and maxims, so as to be of efficient
+service to the king, and at the same time reflect honor on their stations.
+About their instruction there must be nothing shallow or superficial. There
+must be thorough work. For this they must have reasonable time. I therefore
+appoint the period of their studying to be three years, at the end of which let
+them be brought before the king for examination; and let those who will be able
+to give satisfaction be permitted to stand before the king. Moreover, as diet
+of the best sort contributes both to the beauty of the body and the improvement
+of the mind, let them have their daily portion of the king’s meat and the wine
+which he drinketh. Now, Ashpenaz, for further information thou art to consult
+Barzello. He will select a certain number of young men, and deliver them over
+to thee, and thou art to lose no time in placing them under suitable
+instructors.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servant,” replied Ashpenaz, “is ever happy to obey the orders of his
+illustrious sovereign, which are always issued in that profound wisdom derived
+only from the gods.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This officer stood high in the estimation of the king. He was calm, dignified,
+and deeply experienced in all things pertaining to the duties of his office.
+For a long time he had served as a confidential servant of the king’s father,
+and was highly honored by young and old at the court. This dignitary was soon
+on his way towards the house of his friend Barzello.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Good-morning to my friend Ashpenaz,” said Barzello, with a welcome smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And a good-morning to our excellent Barzello,” was the hearty response.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And how do things move on at the palace?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, pleasantly. Our young monarch is bent on thorough reform in all deficient
+quarters.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Babylon needs reforming; and may he never pause until the work is perfected.
+Long life to our good monarch!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah! my good Barzello, if all that is to be accomplished, he needs a long life
+indeed. But I have but a short time to tarry. The king desires a number of the
+royal captives of Judah and Egypt to be placed under proper instructions to
+prepare them, after three years’ training, to be royal waiters at the palace.
+In thy wisdom thou art to select from among them the most perfect in body and
+mind, and deliver them over to my charge; and, according to the orders of his
+majesty, I shall immediately place them under suitable teachers.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This will be attended to without delay,” answered Barzello. “Of those from
+Egypt, there are quite a number of youths of high origin, and who, for aught I
+know, may possess superior powers of mind. I have had no great facilities to
+test their capacities. Of those from Judah, there are only four that I can with
+confidence recommend to the care and charge of my worthy friend. These four are
+noble specimens of humanity—beautiful in bodily form and complexion, and truly
+amiable and excellent in mind. I will assure my worthy friend that, of all the
+acquaintances I ever formed among men, and they have been quite numerous in
+different lands, none ever impressed me so favorably as these four youths from
+the land of Judah. They worship no god but the God of the Hebrews. In this they
+show but their faithfulness and their consistency. My worthy friend will pardon
+my warmth in speaking of these children, for there are incidents connected with
+their history, which I need not now mention, that have greatly endeared them to
+thine unworthy friend; and I have no doubt that thou wilt find them to be all
+they are recommended to be.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have all confidence in the judgment and wisdom of my worthy friend,”
+answered Ashpenaz, “and it affords me much pleasure to hear such a favorable
+report of those who are to be placed under my charge; and I assure my good
+Barzello, that their worth and excellence will be duly noticed and
+appreciated.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If thou art in haste, I will accompany thee without delay to the young men’s
+apartments; perhaps thou wouldst be pleased to see them.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“After such a warm recommendation, it will certainly be quite a favor—but where
+is thy sweet Jupheena? This call will hardly recompense me, if I must leave
+without a glance at that little beauty.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, indeed! Perhaps our good friend Ashpenaz will have no objection to gaze on
+<i>two</i> beauties instead of one.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All the better, my friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A female servant was sent to the young ladies’ room to inform them that they
+were wanted below, and in a few minutes the two girls were seen, side by side,
+marching into the presence of the delighted officers. Perreeza never appeared
+lovelier. Attired in the rich, flowing simplicity of her Hebrew costume, with a
+degree of blushing modesty on her yet animated countenance, she appeared almost
+angelic. Jupheena, perfectly acquainted with her father’s friend, felt not the
+least embarrassment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Two beauties instead of one, surely,” said Ashpenaz, gazing with wonder on the
+fair form of Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Barzello took the maid of Judah by the hand, and, approaching his friend, said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is young Perreeza, of the royal line of Judah, who, of her own accord,
+accompanied her brothers to the land of the Chaldeans, and has seen fit to
+favor us with her company.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No very small favor, Barzello,” cried Ashpenaz, bowing low. “I hope the
+partiality of the gods will not make us quarrel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let not my noble friend be unjust to the gods. If the maid of Judah is an
+inmate of the house of Barzello, I trust that three brothers and a cousin,
+given to the sole charge of Ashpenaz, will convince him that the gods are not
+partial.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah! that will do,” said Ashpenaz, still gazing on the maid of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perreeza,” said Barzello, “from pure love for her three brothers, of whom I
+spake, saw fit to leave her native land and venture her future destiny among
+strangers.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trust,” answered Ashpenaz, “they are indeed worthy of such a sister’s pure
+affection.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That is a point soon settled in the minds of all who have the pleasure of
+their acquaintance.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Permit me to congratulate my young friend, Jupheena, on the happy addition to
+the number of her youthful friends.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our beloved Ashpenaz may well congratulate,” replied the young beauty; “and
+let him be assured that his congratulations are warmly appreciated.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And how does our young friend from Judah enjoy the society of her Chaldean
+friends?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy young handmaiden enjoys their society much,” modestly replied Perreeza.
+“If she stands in any danger, it must be from an excess of kindness.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trust the maid of Judah will sustain no material injury from any amount of
+kindness received in my house,” said Barzello, laughing. “If she does, she must
+charge it to herself; for, under the circumstances, to be less kind is entirely
+out of our power.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Barzello,” cried the visitor, “thy house is a famous spot for officers to
+forget their great hurry. Come, my good friend, business is pressing; let us be
+away. A good-day to the ‘two beauties instead of one.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the two officers hurried from the apartment, entered a chariot, and were on
+their way to the appointed place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A charming damsel that, Barzello.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All of that, my worthy friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What are her literary attainments?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All that Judah’s capital could bestow.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How will she compare with the refined maids of Babylon?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She will compare favorably with the most polished in Chaldea.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Verily. And the brothers?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All thy richest fancies could paint them.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And yet captives of war!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea—captives of war.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The captivity of genius must be of short duration.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chariot halted. The two officers alighted, and without delay they hastened
+to the apartments of the Hebrew youths.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A happy day to the youths of Judah,” said Barzello, in a lively tone. “This is
+my noble friend, Ashpenaz, a high officer of the king at the palace. From this
+hour ye are to be under his special directions.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants,” replied Daniel, bowing gracefully, “will be greatly delighted
+to be placed in any spot where they can be of service to their worthy
+superiors.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To-morrow, then,” said Ashpenaz, “ye shall enter upon new duties, and commence
+your important studies. Your teachers are in readiness—men of superior powers
+of mind, and well versed in the art of teaching. The king himself will be
+greatly interested in your progress, and therefore has prepared apartments for
+the students within the royal enclosures, where he will at times appear
+personally to learn of their advancement. To-morrow, at the third hour, ye will
+hold yourselves in readiness to be conveyed thither.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants will be in readiness at the appointed hour,” said Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now for the Egyptians, Barzello,” said Ashpenaz, smiling, as they left the
+apartment.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap11"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<p>
+At the appointed hour, our youths, in company with many others, were conveyed
+to their new habitation, which was a beautiful building, erected in the
+vicinity of the king’s palace. Here all the students were received with great
+civility, and commended to their different apartments. The four Hebrews were
+not separated, but were permitted to remain as heretofore. They found that
+everything conducive to their comfort and enjoyment had been provided here as
+well as at the apartments they had left. Hitherto they had no knowledge of the
+manner in which they were to receive instruction, or the precise nature of
+their studies. They knew the Chaldeans to be noted for their learning, and they
+were not without their fears lest the Babylonian youths who were to be their
+fellow-students should outstrip them, and leave them far in the distance;
+however, they were fully determined to acquit themselves to the utmost of their
+ability, and leave the result with the God of their fathers. Nothing could have
+given them greater satisfaction than the course marked out for them by the
+king. Indeed, if it had been left to their own choice to select, it could not
+have been otherwise. From the days of their early childhood they had been close
+students, and they had become well versed in Hebrew lore, and had a fair
+knowledge of Chaldee, which was often studied in Judah, as an ornamental branch
+of education. This proved a very favorable item in their experience, but there
+were numerous studies before them, to which, as Jews, they were utter
+strangers, and to acquire even a respectable knowledge of which demanded much
+time and perseverance. The king was aware of this when he appointed the time of
+their probation to be three years. The Egyptian youths were of royal descent,
+and had some knowledge of the Chaldee, and were well acquainted with several
+branches of learning pertaining to their native land. The Chaldean portion of
+the students were mostly of the city of Babylon, and already somewhat advanced
+in what was considered the higher branches.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When conducted to their respective rooms, they were given to understand that,
+at a certain signal, they were all to assemble below, where Ashpenaz would meet
+them, address them, and enlighten them in regard to the duties of their future
+course.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The four Hebrews were quietly seated in one of their apartments, each one
+engaged in satisfying his curiosity by gazing at the richly carved casings and
+highly ornamented articles of furniture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, cousins,” said Daniel, with a smile, “I trust they will not un-Hebrew us
+with their Chaldean mysteries.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If I forget thee, O Jerusalem!” said Azariah, with feeling, “let my right hand
+forget her cunning.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let my tongue be palsied if I forget, for a day, the loved ones at home,” said
+Hananiah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“When the sweet memories of our beloved Prophet shall be obliterated from this
+bosom,” said Mishael, laying his hand upon his breast, “then let me be utterly
+forsaken.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The law of Jehovah shall be the rule of our actions,” said Daniel; “to him we
+yield our hearty and willing obedience.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The grand signal was heard below, and, without delay, the young men, from
+different parts of the building, were seen hurrying to the commodious apartment
+set apart for the occasion. Here they found a number of the king’s officers
+assembled, among whom the youths of Judah recognized the pleasant countenance
+of Barzello. They were soon seated in perfect order, and Babylon never
+witnessed, in personal appearance, a more interesting group of youths. They
+were received by the officers with a smile of satisfaction, and with a look of
+admiration. Presently, the dignified form of Ashpenaz was seen moving slowly
+towards the rostrum; he ascended, gracefully bowed to the officers on either
+side, and proceeded:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is of the utmost importance that those who are destined to minister in the
+king’s presence should be well initiated into the ways and manners, maxims and
+customs of our nation, and be well versed in all the learning of the Chaldeans.
+Nothing short of this can meet the demands and reasonable expectations of our
+great monarch; and for this he has carefully provided every facility. Your
+teachers are of the most superior in the realm, and an ample period is
+appointed for the perfection of your accomplishments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In addition to literary attainments, the king looks for moral integrity,
+uprightness of character, and true amiability of deportment. Without these, the
+most learned can never add to the real dignity of the court, nor to the
+stability of the Empire; but, on the contrary, such a one destitute of moral
+principle must prove a dangerous element in any and all communities. Let this
+be deeply impressed on your youthful minds, and seek earnestly to cultivate
+those nobler powers of the mind, as well as the intellectual faculties.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Those of you from Egypt, and especially those of you from Judah, have no faith
+in our gods, or sympathy with our mode of worship. From your infancy ye have
+been taught to do homage to the God of your fathers and to his worship ye have
+pledged your future lives. The King of Babylon, in his great wisdom, has seen
+fit to put no obstacles between you and the worship of your deities. Ye are at
+liberty to serve your gods and adore after the dictates of your own
+consciences; and, moreover, ye are not required to perform any act that may be
+contrary to your religious convictions. I trust that this great favor will be
+rightly appreciated, and never abused. While ye are thus kindly permitted to
+worship your own gods, show no disrespect to those who may differ from you, and
+on whose good-will and favor your future success must greatly depend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As a proof of his high regard for your physical and intellectual prosperity,
+the king has appointed your meat and drink to be conveyed from his own table.
+This, indeed, is an honor conferred on but few in Babylon. Thus, ye readily
+perceive that nothing is wanting that is in the least calculated to enhance
+your comfort or speed your literary progress. Ye have but to apply yourselves
+diligently to your studies and be careful to maintain a correct deportment, and
+ye shall reap the reward of fidelity, in being permitted to stand in the
+presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is the desire of your sovereign that those from Egypt and Judah be known
+hereafter by names more suitable to the country in which ye now abide. These
+names ye shall hereafter learn from your teachers. Ye may now return in perfect
+order to your respective apartments. To-morrow at the second hour, at a given
+signal, ye will appear at this place again, and formally enter upon your
+studies.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The four youths, after having reached their rooms, for a while sat in silence;
+and from the countenance of Daniel it might have been easily gathered that all
+was not well. The brothers were not slow to notice this, and it caused them
+some uneasiness. Usually their cousin took the lead in all conversation, but at
+this time Daniel was mute.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, cousin,” said Azariah, “how wast thou pleased with the address of our
+new master?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Highly pleased, upon the whole. He surely is a man of kind feelings and
+refined taste.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But my dear cousin seems somewhat disconsolate and much less cheerful than
+when we left this apartment one hour ago. We are at a loss to find a cause for
+this sudden change.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I perceive that a certain part of the address, which struck me as rather
+unfortunate for us, was not looked upon in that light by my worthy cousins.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I suppose thou hast reference to that part relating to the change of names.
+For my part, I am not overtenacious on that point, for to me thou wilt always
+remain ‘Cousin Daniel,’ and to thee, I trust, I shall always be ‘Cousin
+Azariah;’ and if the Chaldeans prefer to call me Bel-sha-bo-raze-ba-phoo, and
+my Cousin Daniel Sha-go-mer-zalta-ba-phee, or some other long name, let them by
+all means be gratified.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My worthy cousin is mistaken in regard to this point,” said Daniel, smiling,
+while the three brothers, for the first time in Babylon, joined in a hearty
+laugh. “As far as names are concerned, they are welcome to add on the syllables
+to their hearts’ content; but, seriously, cousins, there is a point that, if
+not rightly managed, will entangle us in serious difficulties. I have reference
+to that part which made mention of our meat and drink. How can we, as Hebrews,
+defile ourselves with meats, portions of which are offered to idols, and with
+wine sacrificed to the gods of Chaldea? This would be in direct violation of
+the law of our God. To this we can never consent; and, moreover, we are not
+accustomed to these dainties, and such high living can never be conducive to
+our health and happiness. Ye know, cousins, that from beholding the drunken
+degradation of those in high authority in Judah, our parents, many years ago,
+arrived at the wise conclusion that their children, in order to escape the
+pit-falls into which others had fallen, should never be counted among
+wine-drinkers. To this desire of our fond parents we strictly adhered while in
+Jerusalem, although often ridiculed by drunken wit, and frowned upon by
+countenances flushed with strong drink. Shall we, then, in a strange land,
+forget the covenant of our God, and violate our sacred obligations to our
+beloved parents? No, cousins, this must <i>never</i> be. I trust we may yet be
+excused, for we were informed that we would not be required to perform any act
+against our religious convictions. Our food must remain simple, as in Judah;
+and by this we shall not only adhere to the requirements of Jehovah, but we
+shall also be better able to master those arduous studies which stand before us
+in such formidable array.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Right, noble cousin,” cried Azariah, hastening up to Daniel and grasping him
+affectionately by the hand; “<i>always</i> right! On thee be the sole
+management of the business; and we are confident that, as usual, under the
+blessing of our God, we shall come forth triumphantly.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“First of all, then, I must have an interview with our kind master.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Footsteps were now heard approaching their apartment. Daniel opened the door,
+and, finding there a servant of Ashpenaz, addressed him:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Will the servant of our noble master have the kindness to convey to him a
+message, in few words, from one of the youths of Judah?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The servant of my lord Ashpenaz will always be happy to do all in his power
+for the comfort and happiness of those from Judah; and any message to my lord I
+am ready to convey.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The message is this: Daniel, of the captivity of Judah, asks the favor of a
+short interview with his kind lord, Ashpenaz.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The servant respectfully bowed and departed, and, in a few moments, Daniel
+stood in the presence of his kind friend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what is the pleasure of my young friend from Judah?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here Daniel explained, in an eloquent manner, the objections he and his three
+companions had to partaking of the portion of the king’s meat and the wine
+which he drank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is rather a delicate point, my young friend,” answered Ashpenaz, with a
+degree of perplexity visible on his countenance. “If your meat and drink were
+of my own appointment, your request could be granted with the greatest ease and
+pleasure; but since the order comes from the king, I see not how it can be
+granted without disobedience to superior orders. The king desires to give you
+every opportunity to improve, if possible, your appearance. I fear my lord the
+king. For why should he see your faces worse looking than the children which
+are of your degree? Then shall ye make me endanger my head to the king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days,” said Daniel, turning towards
+Melzar, “and let them give us <i>vegetable</i> food, and <i>pure cold water</i>
+to drink. Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the
+countenances of the children that eat of the portion of the king’s meat; and as
+thou seest, deal with thy servants.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well,” replied Ashpenaz, smiling, “if the king’s object is accomplished, I
+trust he is not tenacious about the article of food; so, Melzar, let our young
+friends be gratified in this respect. Let them have a trial of ten days, and,
+if at the end of that time they have retained their beauty and freshness, let
+them be fed with vegetables.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Permit me, in the absence of my three cousins, to offer their gratitude, with
+my own, to our noble lord for his kind favor,” said Daniel, gracefully bowing
+himself out of the apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The morning of the tenth day dawned upon our Hebrew captives. Their days of
+trial were soon over, and they felt no fear of the scrutinizing gaze of Melzar.
+Health and beauty played on their fair cheeks, and they were well prepared for
+the inspection; and Melzar declared, with due humility, in their presence, that
+such countenances were not to be found in all Babylon. Now, Melzar was an
+excellent judge of beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus Melzar took away the portion of their meat, and the wine that they should
+drink, and gave them pulse.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap12"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+As both Barzello and his daughter were highly esteemed in Babylon, Perreeza
+made many delightful acquaintances and was much sought after. She was happy in
+her new life, and by her many accomplishments and sweet disposition greatly
+endeared herself to her new found friends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the acquaintances of Barzello, with whom the king’s trusted officer had
+been on terms of intimacy for a long term of years, was one Joram, a rich
+merchant of the city. Joram was understood to have great influence at court,
+owing to the fact that he had traveled all over the then known world and
+possessed a valuable knowledge of many nations. His life was a mysterious one,
+and, while he was credited with being the richest man in Babylon, he was little
+seen outside of his place of business; but many politicians consulted him, and
+the king had been known to send his chariot for Joram day after day when great
+affairs of state were on hand. It had also leaked out that people of
+distinction from other countries visited the great merchant, and it was
+correctly surmised in political circles that Joram had helped to shape many a
+commercial treaty in the interests of the Babylonian monarch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With all his mystery and reticence and secret power, Joram was a loyal subject
+of Nebuchadnezzar and ably seconded the king’s efforts for advancing the
+greatness of Babylon. His family consisted of his wife and an adopted son. The
+latter was a young man of fine attainments, and was being educated in
+statecraft as well as mercantile affairs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early one evening Barzello had succeeded in persuading Joram to accompany him
+home. He had spoken of the young captives and the beautiful Perreeza, and
+wished the merchant and his family to know them. The two elderly men were
+accompanied to the officer’s house by Mathias, the adopted son of Joram. They
+were warmly greeted by Jupheena, who smilingly conducted Mathias to another
+part of the house for the purpose of introducing him to Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Maid of Judah,” said Jupheena, “I have the pleasure of presenting thee to the
+honorable Mathias, son of our most excellent Joram.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At these words the maid arose with calmness and beautiful dignity, appearing
+like an angel in human form, and gently responded to the very low bow of the
+young Babylonian. The conversation soon became animated. Mathias talked with
+all the warmth of his noble nature, producing a very favorable impression on
+the mind of the maid of Judah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To me it is quite refreshing,” said Perreeza, “to hear a name that is familiar
+in Israel. I have many relatives in Judah who are called by thy name.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our national feelings are strong,” said the young man, “and, if I have learned
+correctly, this feeling is said to be stronger in the Hebrew heart than in all
+others.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am not so well prepared to vouch for the correctness of the sentiment,” said
+Perreeza, “but if my own feelings be an index to the sentiments of others of my
+nation, the saying is abundantly true.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is certainly an admirable trait of character,” said the young man, “and the
+individual in a foreign land who can think of the home of his fathers without
+strong emotion is not, in my opinion, an individual to be envied.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Permit the maid of Judah to thank her friend for that noble sentiment.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here the conversation was arrested by a signal from Barzello, and the young
+people went forward to join the other members of the family.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is Perreeza, of the royal line of Judah,” said Barzello, taking the maid
+gently by the hand, “whom I have the great pleasure of presenting to my
+illustrious friend Joram.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The blushing maid modestly bowed while Joram took her by the hand and said,
+with unusual feeling, “May the blessing of the God of thy fathers, dear maid,
+accompany thy footsteps in a foreign land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This blessing from the lips of a Babylonian was deeply appreciated by the young
+woman, who was already touched by the kindness with which she was met on every
+hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Lily of the Valley,” said Joram, referring to Jupheena, “has found a sweet
+companion, and the maid of Judah, I trust, will not be displeased if, by the
+request of my good friend Barzello, I give her the name of an appropriate
+rose.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“On the contrary,” said Perreeza, “thy young handmaiden is very grateful to the
+noble friend of Barzello for every token of his notice and kind regard.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then, maid of Judah,” said Joram, “thy floral name, from this hour, is the
+Rose of Sharon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Rose of Sharon!” cried Jupheena. “Oh, Perreeza, is not that delightful?
+<i>Rose of Sharon!</i>”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Beautiful, indeed!” said Perreeza, “and better than all, it is the sweet rose
+of my own native land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“True, young maid, true,” said Joram, “’tis the favorite rose of Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The noble friend of Barzello will accept the thanks of his unworthy young
+acquaintance for his very happy compliment,” said Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well,” responded Joram, “one Hebrew lay, accompanied by the harp of Judah,
+will recompense us a thousand times.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That shall be attended to with pleasure,” said Perreeza, and the two young
+women left to bring the harp.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now, my good friend, what thinkest thou of the maid of Judah?” asked Barzello.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Rose of Sharon is all loveliness,” said Joram. “Ah, my friend, sawest thou
+not the majestic glance of that dark eye, the inimitable hue of those fair
+cheeks, the full perfection of those lips, the glossy richness of the profuse
+curls, and the marble whiteness of that model neck? Add to this, my friend, the
+amiability of her character and her ripe accomplishments, and in her we find a
+charming and suitable companion for the daughter of Barzello.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Joram, are the Hebrew women noted for their beauty?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perhaps no nation can boast of greater fairness of complexion among their
+females than the Jews.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now the youthful maid of the royal line of Judah will make us happy with one
+of her Hebrew melodies, she having brought her favorite harp,” said Barzello.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My kind friend may well say favorite harp,” replied Perreeza, with deep
+emotion; “for to me, surely, it is a very precious treasure. For many years it
+has been in our family. To me it was left by the dearest of mothers, and to her
+it was given by a brother beloved, who found an early grave.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was received by the company in silence, but it was noticed that Joram was
+deeply affected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perreeza took the instrument in her arms, swept her delicate hand over the
+well-tuned strings, and, after a moment’s pause sang in seraphic tones a
+plaintive melody peculiar to her life in Jerusalem.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img4.jpg" width="478" height="636" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">Perreeza took the instrument in her arms and sang a
+plaintive melody
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Profound silence fell on the assembly after her song was finished. The
+performance and its effect were such that applause or compliments would have
+sounded ill-timed. All gazed with solemn delight on Perreeza as she laid aside
+her harp and took her seat beside Jupheena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly, the disappearance of Joram was noticed, and Barzello sprang up in an
+agitated manner. The merchant was not in the room, and none had seen him
+depart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In the name of the gods, what has befallen my good friend!” cried the officer,
+as he went to the adjoining apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Be calm,” faintly replied the voice of Joram, as the host came to where he was
+reclining.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Barzello,” said the guest, “thou hast given me reason these many years to
+believe in thy friendship.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art not in the least mistaken,” responded Barzello.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I shall proceed without delay to explain my singular conduct, and, in
+making these developments, I am confident I shall share the sympathies of my
+kind friend. To-night my heart has been almost rent with contending emotions. I
+have been well-nigh overwhelmed with both sadness and joy. During my long
+residence in this part of the world a degree of mystery has hung over myself
+and family, and even to-day my country and origin are not known. For many years
+past I have had strong doubts in regard to the wisdom of this course of
+secrecy. The time has at last arrived when my life history must be divulged.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In the first place, then, let me inform you that I am a Hebrew. I was born of
+noble and wealthy parents who lived within the metropolis of Judah. I was the
+pride of my father, and by my mother I was almost idolized. Being of a lively
+temperament I was fond of company and overfond of amusements. I was sent to one
+of the city’s leading halls of learning and found but little trouble in
+mastering my studies. I was early thrown into the companionship of those who
+had not the fear of God before their eyes. I drank in their spirit, and,
+consequently, the yoke of parental authority became painful to my youthful
+neck. My affection for parents and near relatives was strong, and it was not
+without a hard struggle that I yielded to the enticements of older
+transgressors. Gradually I became the willing companion of youths whose chief
+object was amusement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“One night we tarried together until a late hour and several of my companions
+indulged freely in wine. Before we left the scene of our carousal they had
+become quite boisterous. I was more sedate than usual, though entering into the
+spirit of the occasion. At that late hour the watchmen, or guards, of the city
+found it necessary to interfere and check our hilarity. A fight ensued in which
+I took part. Being recognized by one of the officers, I fled the city rather
+than face the disgrace of trial and punishment. Taking leave of my sisters, I
+was soon far from the land of my birth. My last act was to present to my
+favorite sister the harp which thou hast seen and heard to-night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My dear friend, judge of my surprise and joy when I recognized in the maid of
+Judah one of my own relatives. The beautiful and noble orphan who is your
+daughter’s companion in this house is none other than my own niece.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I feel that my long neglect of my surviving relatives makes me unworthy even
+to serve them, but I am determined now that this sweet damsel shall share in my
+wealth and enjoy all the advantages which my efforts can obtain for her,
+together with her worthy brothers. In this way I can make partial atonement for
+the mistakes of the past.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This remarkable revelation was soon made known to the excited company. With a
+cry of joy the fair maid of Judah fell into the arms of her uncle. Tears fell
+from every eye. The “Lily of the Valley” wept, and so did the brave soldier,
+her father, and so did young Mathias. The scene was one that pen cannot
+adequately describe, but happiness was supreme in the household.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap13"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+At the school, agreeable to the expectations of Barzello, the four Hebrews made
+astonishing progress in their multiform studies. Those profound sciences which
+had cost their teachers years of ceaseless toil were, by these four young men,
+mastered with apparent ease. They soon became objects of wonder to their
+instructors, and were pronounced favorites of the gods. Ashpenaz often would
+have an interview with them, and soon they became the objects, not only of his
+admiration, but also of his friendship. This became visible to their
+fellow-students, and jealousy, accompanied by malice, found a ready entrance to
+more than one heart. Alas, for poor fallen humanity!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the students from the city of Babylon there were two young men, brothers,
+whose father, by a sudden freak of fortune, had arrived at the possession of
+much wealth. For some years these young men’s advantages had been quite
+favorable, and withal they had not been negligent in their studies. They were
+exceedingly vain of their acquirements, and their pride and arrogance kept pace
+with their vanity. The success of others, to them, was invariably a source of
+mortification.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had already heard complimentary reports of the youths of Judah from no
+mean sources; and they became their foes, and were determined to see them
+humbled. As students, they met but seldom, and the real acquirements of the
+Israelitish youths were not known to these envious Chaldeans. With these two
+victims of vanity and envy was cast the unhappy lot of another youth, their
+cousin. He was of “humbler birth,” as the term is used, but almost infinitely
+their superior in everything that beautifies and adorns humanity. He was frank,
+generous, noble, and endowed with no small share of natural wit. For his
+conceited cousins he was anything but a pleasant companion; and daily was their
+arrogance rebuked by his far-searching repartees. Thus have we introduced to
+the reader three young Chaldeans, Scribbo and Shagoth, with their Cousin
+Apgomer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I cannot, for my part,” said Scribbo, “see the propriety of elevating these
+contemptible captives to share equal privileges with the native sons of
+Chaldea. Surely the king, in this, has betrayed a lamentable lack of
+discernment.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Truly!” replied Shagoth, with an air of consequence. “And if he does not ere
+long see his folly, and retrace his steps, he will lose <i>my</i> confidence,
+and that of all the members of our house.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“May the gods pity the king!” cried Apgomer, with a feigned solemn visage.
+“Peradventure, that in the great pressure of business he forgot that the
+confidence of my illustrious cousins was so essential to his well-being, as
+well as the safety and perpetuity of the empire.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My remarks were called forth by the sensible statement of my brother,” said
+Shagoth, peevishly; “and it would have been perfectly excusable in thee to have
+remained silent, until I should have thought fit to make some remarks suitable
+to the capacity of thy mind.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My worthy cousin will, I trust, in the plenitude of his overflowing
+generosity, pardon the officiousness of his unworthy servant of limited
+capacities, and believe him when he assures thee that those remarks were
+offered as an humble apology for the great sovereign of the Chaldean empire;
+and I still hope that, in the richness of thy clemency, thou wilt forgive him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trust,” replied Scribbo, “we are able to appreciate thy remarks, and
+undoubtedly they will receive the respect they deserve. If thou couldst have
+thy quarters removed to the society of these pretending foreigners, methinks it
+would better suit thy groveling taste.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Such a sudden bereavement might be more than my tender-hearted cousins could
+well endure. May the gods forbid that I should be the means of overwhelming you
+with unnecessary sorrow! And, besides, I fear I am not such a favorite of the
+gods as to receive such a marked favor.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A prodigious favor to be the companions of illiterate captives!” cried
+Scribbo, with a disdainful curl of his lip. “The Chaldean who calls that a
+favor, is anything but an ornament to his country.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We may have different tastes in regard to ornament,” replied the good-natured
+cousin, looking with an arch smile on his cousin’s heavy and useless jewelry.
+“As for me, I am a plain young man. I value the useful far above the
+ornamental. I consider healthy ablutions and clean linens far more desirable
+than the decoration of our persons with ornamental trash. And why may it not be
+so in the government? So much in regard to <i>ornaments</i>. ‘Ignorant and
+illiterate captives.’ Ah, cousin! Believest thou this? Dost thou not rather
+hope that this is so? Hope on! The day of trial hastens apace! Hope vigorously
+and diligently; for such hope is of short duration. Ye expect, by your superior
+learning, to humble the youths of Judah in the presence of the king and his
+nobles. Ye are sanguine in your expectations. Already ye see their heads bowing
+with shame and embarrassment, while your own brows are decorated with
+well-earned laurels. Do ye not already enjoy the bliss of the prophetic vision,
+until the bursting in of the reality? Ah, ye do! Now think it not
+over-officious in your cousin of low capacity to assure you that your hopes are
+but the baseless fabrics of vain minds. The day of examination will reveal to
+your astonished sensibilities that ye have dreamed the dream of fools. Those
+noble young men, who are the objects of your hatred, will soar above you
+triumphantly, and their enemies will be covered over with shame. Let me give
+you fair warning! Ye are ignorant of the strength of those youths, over whom
+your vain imaginations appear to triumph with such ease.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our forbearance, brother, I fear, only encourages the insolence of this, our
+ungrateful relative,” said Shagoth, in anger. “How soon these upstarts forget
+their poverty when they are permitted to mingle in good society.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And how soon they forget the kind hands that lifted them up from their low
+estate!” answered Scribbo, casting a reproachful glance in the direction of
+Apgomer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now, cousins,” said Apgomer, smilingly, “since these charges are thrown out
+against me, without going through the usual form of asking permission, I shall
+at once take the liberty of repelling them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In the first place, I am charged with being an ‘upstart,’ and of too soon
+forgetting my poverty. This I deny. I have, by no means, forgotten my own
+poverty, or the low condition of my ancestors. Let us look at this for a
+moment. Painful as it may be, I believe ye do occasionally admit that I am your
+cousin. Well, then, be it remembered that I am your cousin. Our fathers were
+brothers, and our grandfather was one and the same person. It is well known to
+you that our respected grand-sire was an individual who had to plod his way
+along through the very steeps of poverty, and procure a little bread for his
+family by humble employments. In poverty he lived, and in deep poverty he would
+have died, had it not been for the grateful regard of <i>one</i> of his sons;
+of the other, I have nothing to say at present. Now to some, who have suddenly
+risen from poverty to a degree of affluence, it proves a source of deep
+mortification to remember that they sprang from a low origin. But is this the
+case with your cousin Apgomer? Have I forgotten the source whence I sprang?
+Does it create a blush on this cheek to remember that my grandfather was poor,
+and that my father had to win his bread through the sweat of his brow? Whoever
+has forgotten the poverty of his father and grandfather, be it known that
+Apgomer is not that youth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“So much in regard to the first charge. Now for the second. I am accused of
+forgetting those ‘kind friends, who lifted me up from my low estate.’ Those
+friendly hands who helped me to the situation I now hold are, by no means,
+forgotten; they are deeply graven upon a grateful memory. While this pulse
+shall beat, and while this heart shall throb, the names of Barzello and Joram
+will, by me, be fondly cherished. Then there was much opposition from certain
+quarters. There were those who could not discern the propriety of my being
+elevated to an equality with those of greater wealth; and I am not sure, since
+the king has not seen fit to retrace his steps, but that he has lost the
+confidence of those concerned. Cousins! I am ever grateful to those kind
+friends who so nobly took me by the hand. I know well who they are, and I know
+well who they are not.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Surely our young instructor is becoming eloquent,” said Scribbo, rather
+crestfallen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, verily,” replied his brother; “and who can withstand such a mighty
+torrent of oratory? Let us away to the groves!” And Apgomer was left, for the
+time being, the sole occupant of the apartment.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap14"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Days, weeks, months, and years, have passed away, and the great day of
+examination has arrived—that day for which that youthful group has looked so
+long, with mingled feelings of pleasure and embarrassment. This day broke on
+the capital of Chaldea with unusual brightness. The sun shone brightly in a
+cloudless firmament, and Nature had put on her sweetest smile. In the vicinity
+of the king’s palace it was evident that something of more than ordinary
+interest was that day to be attended to. Officers hurried to and fro.
+Dignitaries bowed to one another with additional smiles. Groups of citizens of
+the better class appeared here and there, in earnest conversation. Magnificent
+chariots, drawn by fiery steeds, halted at the king’s gate about the third
+hour. A splendid national flag proudly waved on the high pinnacle of the
+students’ building, while each window presented ingenious mottoes appropriate
+for the occasion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The place appointed by the king for the public examination of the students, was
+a magnificent audience room that stood within the royal grounds, and in close
+proximity to the palace. This apartment was finished in the highest perfection
+of art, and, in addition, on this occasion, was decorated with ornaments
+suitable for the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At an early stage, the room was well filled with the first of Babylon’s
+aristocracy, together with some few who had no just claim to title. Appropriate
+seats were reserved for the king and his attendants, who were soon expected to
+make their appearance. Among the number assembled there were many of the
+students’ parents. With but two or three exceptions, joy and good feeling
+appeared to be the expression of every countenance, while, with hearts free
+from envy and malice, they gazed on the comely forms of those before them.
+Among these smiling countenances might have been seen three individuals—a
+father, mother and daughter—who smiled, indeed, but whose smiles would never
+have convinced the beholder that they were an index to noble and generous
+hearts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“’Twas a strange notion of the king, surely,” said the daughter, “to bring
+these Hebrew captives in competition with the refined minds of Chaldea; I
+cannot account for it, unless it is purposely done to show them their great
+inferiority, and thus, by to-day’s exercises, teach them a lesson of humility
+that they will not soon forget; for no one can be so unwise as to think that
+such illiterate foreigners can appear to any advantage in a place like this.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy remarks, daughter, are perfectly correct,” answered the mother. “I am at a
+loss, myself, to understand the king in this. But thy brother, Shagoth, has
+learned, of late, that these Jews are far from being dull scholars; and he
+fears that, by some strange contrivance, they have worked themselves into the
+graces of Ashpenaz. I have my fears that these reports are too true. Yet I have
+strong hopes that in this trial of learning, they will fall entirely below thy
+accomplished brothers. I am quite sure it cannot be otherwise.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sound of music from without, gave them to understand that the king was
+approaching. Presently the illustrious monarch of Chaldea made his grand entry,
+accompanied by a brilliant escort, and amid the flourishing of trumpets and the
+loud acclamations of his subjects he took his seat, and beckoned to the
+enthusiastic throng to be seated. Perfect stillness being secured, Ashpenaz
+arose with dignity, and, bowing low to the sovereign, proceeded:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“According to appointment, O king, behold these young men are conducted hither
+for public examination in the presence of their illustrious sovereign, and in
+the presence of these, his nobles.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To which the monarch replied in an interesting address:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Citizens of Babylon! the king taketh much pleasure in greeting you on this
+occasion. To witness your smiles is truly refreshing to my mind amid all the
+pressing duties of my extensive empire. I trust I shall always merit your
+smiles and good wishes. Long may the Chaldean empire continue to shine a
+superior orb in the firmament of nations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The stability of government must greatly depend on the wisdom and intelligence
+of the people; and ever since I have had the honor of presiding over the
+destinies of this vast empire, I have not for a day lost sight of this
+important truth. Whether since the beginning of my reign the cause of education
+has been advanced, I leave to the judgment of my worthy subjects. Three years
+ago, I thought it advisable to establish a school at the expense of the
+government, where a number of young men might be placed under the care of
+superior instructors, and so be prepared to serve with distinguished ability in
+the different spheres in which they might be called to move. Those youths are
+now before you; and if their mental culture will well compare with their fair
+countenances and manly forms, my most sanguine expectations are more than
+realized. I am happy to know, from vigilant observation, that the teachers,
+without any exceptions, have nobly proved themselves worthy of the unreserved
+confidence of their king; and let them now be assured that such unwearied
+faithfulness will not go unrewarded. The king has been well pleased also, from
+time to time, to hear of the great proficiency and rapid advancement of many of
+the scholars.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It cannot be expected, on an occasion like the present, that all scholars will
+exhibit precisely the same amount of ability and cultivation. While all may
+give satisfaction, some, I trust, will even excel. Those who shall at this time
+give the clearest proof of ripe scholarship, shall, according to agreement, be
+permitted to remain at the palace, and minister in the presence of the king,
+with the prospect of promotion as the fruit of faithfulness. I trust there are
+no unpleasant feelings to arise from the final result of this day’s exercises.
+True, there may be some disappointment among both parents and scholars; but let
+not the king be grieved by witnessing any signs of displeasure on the
+countenance of young or old; for, hitherto, no partiality hath been permitted
+in any of our councils. Those whom the king promotes must therefore be promoted
+on the strength of their own worth and merit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My worthy and noble friend, Ashpenaz, will now commence the examination; after
+which, if I think it expedient, I may ask a few questions myself.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ashpenaz then, according to direction, commenced the examination, the king, in
+the meanwhile, earnestly facing the students, and paying particular attention
+to every answer, and the source whence it proceeded. After an examination of
+one hour, the king gave to Ashpenaz a signal, by which he understood that he
+might dispense with any further questioning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king then, as he had previously intimated, became the examiner. Being
+somewhat astonished, as well as delighted, by the perfect ease with which the
+youths of Judah answered every question, he purposed, within himself, to make a
+further trial of their skill, by propounding questions to the school which were
+far more difficult to answer than those asked by Ashpenaz. The reader is
+already aware that the king was one of the ripest scholars within the empire,
+and, therefore, was fully prepared for the undertaking. The first problem was
+directed to Shagoth. Shagoth colored, and, in endeavoring to answer, stammered
+out something which the king could not understand. The same question was
+directed to Apgomer. Apgomer, with steady voice and correct emphasis, answered;
+and it was pronounced to be correct. The next question was directed to Scribbo.
+He, greatly alarmed at the result of the other question, became confused, and
+gave no answer. The same question was directed to Daniel, and was promptly
+answered, with marked ease and great clearness. The next was directed to a
+young student who sat in the vicinity of Shagoth, but it was not answered to
+the satisfaction of the king. The same was directed to Hananiah, and the answer
+was such as to astonish the examiner. Another perplexing question was directed
+to a young student, a resident of the city; but it was of too profound a nature
+for the young man to answer. The king having asked the same question of several
+without receiving an answer, at last directed it to Azariah. The young Hebrew
+hesitated—it was but for a moment—then, in a clear, silvery tone, he gave the
+answer, without the least degree of confusion. It was beyond the expectation of
+the king. He gazed on the youth for a moment in silence, and then pronounced
+the answer to be a correct one. Another question of the same nature, requiring,
+perhaps, some additional knowledge, was asked, the king remarking, at the same
+time, that his good opinion of their abilities did not depend upon their
+answering those questions, for they were of such a nature as would puzzle more
+experienced heads; but such was the readiness with which some of the scholars
+had answered all the questions hitherto asked, that he was anxious to know if
+it were in his power to ask a question which they could not answer; and in
+order to give all an equal opportunity, he would direct his questions to each
+one. So the king commenced on the left, and deliberately pointed to each
+scholar; but no answer was heard until he came to young Mishael. With
+promptness, and in a few words, he gave a perfect answer to a question which
+the King of Babylon considered beyond the capacity of any student present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By this time it was evident to the king that the number of those who truly
+excelled was four; and that these four sat together. To these, therefore, he
+would direct his remaining questions. And now, in earnest, commenced a regular
+contest for the mastery. On one hand, behold the great sovereign of the
+Chaldean empire, noted for the depth of his learning. On the other, behold four
+young men, from the land of Israel, whom, three years before, he had brought as
+captives of war from the metropolis of Judah. All the king’s powers of mind
+were called forth. From the occasion he gathered a degree of enthusiasm, and he
+was glad of an opportunity to show himself to such pleasing advantage before so
+many of his nobles and influential subjects. With the four Hebrews he was
+highly delighted. Their great knowledge astonished him; but still he thought
+that soon he would be able to bring them to a dead stand. Question after
+question was asked, and question after question was answered, to the utter
+astonishment of the large audience. The contest was long, and of a thrilling
+nature; and not until the king was convinced that he was dealing with his
+superiors did he cry out, in a loud voice:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is enough!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every eye rested on Ashpenaz, as he stood ready to announce the names of those
+whom the king wished to honor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel, with calm dignity and genuine modesty, left his seat, walked to the
+place appointed, and bowed low in the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Shadrach!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hananiah, with a slight blush, that rendered him but the more comely, left his
+seat, and stood by the side of his cousin, in the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Meshach!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mishael, with a smile on his lip, and an unfaltering step, found his place by
+the side of his brother.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Abednego!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Azariah, with a degree of paleness spread over his youthful countenance, left
+his seat, and joined his comrades.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Apgomer!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apgomer was startled. The contented youth looked for no such result. Delighted
+with the triumph of the Hebrews, and the punishment of his cousins’ vanity, he
+considered himself well rewarded. But, remembering himself, he quickly left his
+seat, and, with a pleasant smile upon his countenance, he took his place by the
+side of Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The parchment was rolled up and delivered over to the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king arose, and thus addressed the five:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Young men! Your honor cometh not from the king. It is the result of your own
+industry and perseverance. By the favorable interposition of the gods, ye have
+arrived at a perfection in knowledge never exhibited before on any occasion in
+the presence of the king. Four of your number are from another country. The
+hills of Judah are yet fresh in your memories, and Jerusalem is far from being
+forgotten. I have been well pleased, from time to time, to learn of your
+amiable deportment and noble bearing. Justice requires me to say that a
+peculiar perfection has been visible in all your past performances; and now,
+Belteshazzar, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, youths of Judah, ye are, through
+the power and word of the king, elevated to share in all the immunities and
+privileges of Chaldean citizens. Long, by your superior wisdom and knowledge,
+may ye continue to shed additional luster on my already shining empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Apgomer! Thou hast well sustained thyself throughout the examination; and,
+although thou hast not reached that lofty perfection manifested in the uniform
+answers of these, thy young friends from Judah, yet thou hast convinced the
+king that thou standest far above the level of thy fellows—as such thou art
+rewarded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The king findeth no fault with any. Ye have given proof of a good degree of
+mental strength, and I trust that from this place ye shall go forth to add to
+the stability and perpetuity of my empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In conclusion, I command that Belteshazzar, Shadrach, Meshach, Abednego, and
+Apgomer be decorated with their appropriate badges, and conducted, with due
+honor, to their apartments at the palace. The examination is closed.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The merry blasts of trumpets followed this announcement. The king and his
+attendants first left the apartment; then followed the five youths, next the
+other students. Then the concourse dispersed as their various fancies dictated.
+The grand result was known, and, with few exceptions, it gave universal
+satisfaction. The superior wisdom of the young Hebrews was so abundantly
+evident, that no room was left for caviling; and each one was compelled to
+unite in the righteous verdict of the king. The amiable and modest deportment
+of the young Hebrews so won the affections of the spectators that when they
+were adorned with their badges of honor, they were loudly cheered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before they all disperse let the reader have the pleasure of a glimpse at a
+group of countenances that give unmistakable signs of genuine delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Charming!” cried Joram, in ecstasies. “The reward of fidelity and
+perseverance, Barzello!”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap15"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The stately mansion of Barzello was brilliantly illuminated. Streams of light
+poured forth from every window. Sweet melody floated on the wings of the gentle
+zephyrs. Chariot after chariot arrived, and halted before the massive portals.
+It was evident to the passer-by that it was not an event of common occurrence
+that called forth such unusual movements and peculiar displays.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the first moment of Mathias and Perreeza’s introduction to each other,
+there was a warm attachment formed, and from the subsequent revelations, this
+sentiment greatly increased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On this night the maid of Judah was to become the happy bride of Mathias; and
+from the smiles that greet smiles on the happy countenances of those who hurry
+to and fro through the richly furnished apartments, it is evident that their
+union is hailed as a joyous event.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The marriage was not, in all its parts, so strictly after the customs of the
+Hebrews as if it had been solemnized in the land of Judah. The long residence
+of Joram in Babylon, together with the very high regard he cherished for his
+friend Barzello and his family, gave the features of the occasion an admixture
+of Hebrew and Chaldean customs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Never did the “Rose of Sharon” bloom fairer. Three years have added ripeness to
+her beauty, and dignity to her charms. She is no longer the timid maid of
+seventeen, but a blooming damsel, having reached her twentieth year, with a
+finish stamped on all her words and actions; and no one who has had the
+pleasure of her acquaintance can envy such a choice spirit the heart and hand
+of one of the most brilliant young men in the great metropolis.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “Lily of the Valley” has but one thing to diminish her full share of
+enjoyment—and that is by no means a trifling one. Her sweet Perreeza, her
+constant companion for the last three years, whom she loves as her own sister,
+is about to leave her father’s house and take her abode with another. This, at
+times, makes her sad. The same cause produces the same effect on Perreeza. She,
+also, is about to impress the parting kiss on the fair cheek of one who has
+proved herself worthy of her ardent love—one who gave her such a warm welcome
+to her large heart, when a stranger in a foreign land—one who has continued to
+love her with a pure affection. But these gloomy feelings are not to
+predominate at this time; so the “Lily” ceased to droop, and the “Rose” bloomed
+fresh and gay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The announcement that Mathias, with his attendants, had arrived at the
+entrance, caused an exclamation of joy. Jupheena and a merry group of her
+maiden acquaintances formed themselves in procession, to meet them, and to
+escort the company, with warm congratulations, to the parlors, where they were
+received by Barzello with enthusiastic welcome, and conducted with appropriate
+honors to their apartments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ceremony was performed in a spacious room, extending throughout the length
+of the grand edifice. The services were conducted by a Hebrew priest, who was
+brought to Babylon with other captives at the close of Jeconiah’s reign of
+three months.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In entering the wedding apartment, one part of the company appeared at one end,
+while the rest at the same time appeared at the other end. Thus Mathias, with a
+band of young men, and Perreeza, with a group of damsels, slowly marched, met,
+and formed into a circle in the center of the room, the officiating priest,
+with a small altar, in the midst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ye who are to take upon you the holy and solemn vows of matrimony, draw nigh,”
+said the priest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without delay, the loving twain left the circle, and stood side by side before
+the sacred altar, when the priest, after a brief marriage ceremony, gave them
+this blessing: “God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, keep, bless, and preserve
+you, and so fill you with all benediction and grace, that ye may walk before
+Him in the beauty of true perfection and holiness. Perreeza, daughter of
+Amonober, of the royal line of Judah, behold thy husband! Mathias, son of the
+illustrious Joram, behold thy wife! Take her as thine own, and convey her to
+thine own habitation, and there make merry with thy numerous friends.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the house of Joram, preparations on a magnificent scale were made for the
+return of the bridegroom with his bride. A large number of the flower of the
+young men and maidens of Babylon were assembled, to congratulate the young pair
+on their happy union.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bridegroom and bride led the train. They were seated in a superb chariot,
+drawn by two spirited, snow-white steeds. The next was that of Barzello,
+containing himself and daughter, while a merry company brought up the rear.
+Nothing could have exceeded the beauty and brilliancy of the occasion. A
+flashing light from a hundred flaming torches completely banished the gloom of
+night, while hundreds of delighted spectators made the welkin ring with cheers.
+They soon reached the wide portals of Joram’s mansion. The charioteers
+alighted. The bridegroom and bride first entered, the guests following in
+regular order. “They that were ready entered with him into the marriage, and
+the door was shut.”
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img5.jpg" width="476" height="636" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">The bridegroom and bride led the train
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The celebration was over. The company had retired. Quietude was restored. The
+Joram family, with one additional gem, was once more left to the peacefulness
+of its own mansion. They were all quietly seated. Joram arose, and slowly
+approached the old harp, the friend of his early days, and inspected it with
+fondness, while the thoughts of other years fast crowded upon his memory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My dear father, and my dear Uncle Esrom!” said Perreeza, smiling, “now that
+they are all gone, let us have one dear little song from <i>thee.</i>”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, precious child!” said Esrom, at the same time brushing away a fugitive
+tear, “I play so seldom nowadays, I fear I would not appear to very good
+advantage among such fine performers.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nay, father! but thy playing is far superior to our best performances.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, Perreeza, I will try; but I fear my song will make thee sad.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Sadness at times, dear father, is far more profitable to the mind than
+hilarity.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“True, my daughter! True! We both know it by experience.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Hebrew took the harp, and, in tones peculiar for their sweetness, sang a
+plaintive melody.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap16"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Great success attended the reign of the King of Babylon. His powerful legions
+had proved victorious in every clime. In addition to Judea, he had subjugated
+Egypt, Syria, Phoenicia, and Arabia. Peace once more was proclaimed, and the
+great body of the army was called home. The monarch’s popularity was unbounded,
+and his praises were loudly trumpeted on the wings of every breeze, from east
+to west, and from north to south. The Chaldean empire rose still higher in
+glory, while numerous tributaries continued to pour their streams of gold into
+its already rich treasuries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The afternoon was warm and sultry. The king reclined on an easy couch within a
+bower, in the palace garden. His mind was occupied with reflections on the past
+and thoughts of the future, and thus ran the soliloquy of the mighty potentate:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, the years are passing! On looking back they seem but short. But where has
+more been accomplished in so short a period? Ah, King of Babylon, thy career,
+hitherto, has been a brilliant one. My armies have clothed themselves with
+glory, which glory reflects back on their king. Surrounding nations do me
+homage. My coffers are filled from the wealth of Judah, Egypt, Syria,
+Phoenicia, and Arabia. What hinders my success? Babylon is but in the infancy
+of her greatness. Her glory shall yet reach the heavens! Tea, I will make her a
+fit place for the residence of the gods. Selfish? Yea, truly. And who ever
+succeeded without being selfish? Yea, the King of Babylon is selfish; but may
+the gods assist me to hide it from the people. To them, may it appear that all
+my efforts are put forth in <i>their</i> behalf. But have I no regard for the
+welfare of my people aside from my own glory? I have! The gods know I have. And
+yet, I have a strong desire that my name shall be carried down to posterity
+surrounded by a halo of glory. Is this selfishness? Be it so. It must be done!
+Am I not deep in the affections of my people? In this I cannot be mistaken.
+Never was the Chaldean empire so firmly established. It will stand forever.
+Forever? Ah, that word has a long meaning. But what power <i>can</i> overthrow
+us? Is not Babylon the mistress of the world? Is not Chaldea the queen of
+nations? Will not her prosperity be perpetual? Alas for our brief knowledge!
+The gods, in this, have not elevated the king above the beggar. The future is
+enshrouded in gloom and hid from the gaze of mortals. My wise men say that they
+can penetrate this gloom. Can they? I have my doubts. The future—the far, far
+future of Chaldea—I should be glad to know: but who shall sit on the throne one
+hundred years from to-day, and what shall be the greatness of Babylon in two
+hundred years, are questions which time alone must solve. Surely, this is a
+sultry day! Well, the future we cannot know. It may be all in wisdom.
+Peradven—Ah, sleep! thou art the great conqueror of conquerors. I surrender.
+Thy powers are irresistible. Let me not long be thy captive. In one hour, I
+pray thee, strike my chains asunder, and restore me to my friends.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the king, quietly yielding to the stern demands of Nature, was soon in the
+fast embrace of slumber.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+“Oh, ye gods that dwell in light, what a dream!” cried the king, hastily
+leaving his couch, in agitation. “Oh, what a dream! But, alas, it has gone from
+me! Oh, ye gods, why have I not retained it? But can I not recall it to mind?
+Alas, it has fled! It has vanished! How perplexing! It was not a <i>common</i>
+dream. Nay, it bore particularly upon the future of my vast empire. And yet not
+one clear circumstance is retained in my memory. What shall I do? How shall the
+lost dream be restored? My astrologers profess to give the
+<i>interpretation</i> of dreams. If they can do <i>this</i>, why not as well
+restore the dream entire?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the king, in an agitated state of mind, left the garden and entered the
+palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Arioch!” cried the king, “haste thee, and without delay let the most noted of
+the wise men and astrologers of Babylon be commanded to appear in my presence.
+Let there be no useless tarrying. My demands are urgent. Haste thee! Away!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without asking any questions, the astonished and half frightened officer
+hastened from the presence of his king, and gave all diligence in the
+performance of his urgent duty. He found ready access to the prince of the
+magicians, delivered to him the message of the king, and retired. The
+astrologer soon sent the message to his numerous companions, and in a short
+time the concentrated wisdom of the great metropolis stood in the presence of
+the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ye have done well,” said the king, eying them with a degree of severity, “to
+be thus punctual; a failure on this point might have involved you in serious
+difficulties. Ye stand before the king as the representatives of wisdom. Ye
+profess to be able to bring to light hidden mysteries, and to make known the
+transactions of the future. The correctness of your professions is about to be
+tested. If it stands the ordeal, well; if not, woe be unto you!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All this thy servants profess,” replied the chief astrologer, “and all this
+they can perform. Let them but learn the desire of the king, and they stand
+ready to execute his pleasure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This day,” replied the king, “while slumbering on my bed, I dreamed a peculiar
+dream, and my spirit is troubled to know the vision.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, king, live forever!” replied the magicians, well pleased with the nature
+of their task. “Tell thy servants the dream, and we will show thee the
+interpretation thereof.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Will ye, indeed!” answered the king, ironically. “But the thing has gone from
+me. I have no distinct remembrance of the various features of the dream. And
+now, as a proof that ye are able to give a correct interpretation, I demand
+that ye restore to my mind the dream in all its parts. Remember that ye are not
+able to impose on me a false vision. Now, proceed with your divination, and if
+in this ye fail, by the gods, ye shall be cut to pieces, and your houses shall
+be made a dunghill.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell thy servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation thereof,”
+answered again the now astonished magicians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, indeed!” said the king, disdainfully. “And have I not already told you
+that the thing is gone from me; and how can I tell you the dream? If I were
+able to do this, ye would readily produce your lying and corrupt
+interpretations. Do ye not profess to derive your knowledge and power of
+interpretation from the gods? Then let the same gods reveal unto you the dream
+itself.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is a strange demand, indeed,” answered the alarmed astrologers. “There is
+not a man on earth that can grant thy desire, and show thee this matter. Be
+assured, O king, that thou requirest impossibilities at the hands of thy
+servants; and there is none other that can show it before the king, except the
+gods, whose dwelling is not in the flesh.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And do ye not profess to hold intercourse with those gods?” answered the king,
+in a passion; “thus ye have proved yourselves to be a band of lying hypocrites.
+Begone from my presence, ye corrupt deceivers, and learn that your guilty
+career is near its close!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So the terrified magicians were hurried from the presence of the passionate
+king, and by his orders were confined; and, moreover, a decree was issued, that
+all the wise men of Babylon should be put to death. Such was the unholy impulse
+of a king who had hitherto manifested, on most occasions, a commendable degree
+of self-possession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next day, while Daniel was walking in the vicinity of the palace, he was
+suddenly accosted by the captain of the guard, who informed him that it was his
+painful duty to apprehend him as an individual who was condemned to die by a
+late edict of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My worthy friend must certainly be mistaken in regard to the person,” answered
+Daniel, with a smile; “for I am happy to know that in nothing have I
+transgressed the law of my sovereign.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It would give me much pleasure on this occasion to find myself mistaken,”
+replied Arioch, “but I fear that it will prove otherwise. Art thou not
+Belteshazzar, of the captivity of Judah, and art thou not numbered among the
+wise men?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what can be the nature of my offense?” asked the young Hebrew, nothing
+daunted. “If in anything I have offended, I ask not to be spared.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And hast thou not heard the decree?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No new decree has reached my ears.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I shall communicate to Belteshazzar all I know concerning the matter.”
+Which he proceeded to do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Many thanks to thee, kind officer. I have no desire to escape thy vigilance.
+Only permit me to see the king, and, peradventure, things may take a different
+course.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Any favor I can show, without violating positive orders, will readily be
+granted. So I will make thy pleasure known to the king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Arioch hastened into the presence of the sovereign, and informed him that one
+of the wise men prayed to be admitted into his presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I desire not to see any of the vile race!” answered the king, with a frown. “I
+was satisfied yesterday that they are a band of lying impostors.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“May the king pardon his unworthy servant,” replied Arioch; “but the young man
+that seeks thy face to-day was not among the number yesterday.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And by what name is he known?” frowningly inquired the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“His name, O king, is Belteshazzar, of the captivity of Judah.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>Belteshazzar! Belteshazzar!</i>” exclaimed the king, suddenly rising to his
+feet. “May the gods forgive me! <i>Belteshazzar</i>, whose wonderful display of
+wisdom astonished the city on the day of examination? Why did I not think of
+him sooner? Yea, and his three companions! and all at the palace! close at
+hand! and far superior in wisdom to all others! <i>Belteshazzar!</i> Yea,
+Arioch! By all means let the young Hebrew be admitted.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain of the guard hastened from the presence of the king to inform
+Daniel of his success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar, the king grants thy petition, and thou art requested to appear
+before him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel, with his usual calmness and dignity, walked into the presence of the
+king, while Arioch was beckoned to retire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar,” said the king, “thou art thus admitted into my presence, and
+thou art at perfect liberty to speak freely on whatever subject mostly occupies
+thy mind. I have heretofore been well pleased with thy superior knowledge and
+wisdom, as well as that of thy comrades. The army has of late occupied the most
+of my attention, and among the various affairs of importance it is nothing
+astonishing if some of my best subjects are partially overlooked. Proceed with
+thy request.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A little over four years ago, O king, according to thy direction, thy servant,
+with his three companions, was brought from the land of Judah to the great city
+of Babylon. Hitherto, we have been the subjects of thy kind regards. At thy
+expense we have been taught in all the learning and wisdom of the Chaldeans;
+and, in the presence of hundreds of thy worthy nobles, thou sawest fit to
+pronounce us superior in the various branches of learning, and, amid
+enthusiastic cheers, we were escorted to the palace of the king. We have
+endeavored to prove ourselves worthy of the favors and regard. We have spared
+no pains to render ourselves agreeable in the eyes of our superiors; and never
+have we heard a word of complaint. We have made no pretensions to superior
+wisdom. We are numbered among the wise by the direction of the king. In all
+things have we aimed to be thy faithful, loyal subjects. Judge then, O king,
+the astonishment of thy servant when, not half an hour ago, he was apprehended
+by the captain of the guard as one already appointed to death, according to the
+direction of the king. I wonder not that thine anger is kindled against the
+false pretensions of the magicians. But why should the innocent suffer with the
+guilty? And why, especially, should thy Hebrew servants die without, at least,
+a trial of their ability through the direct agency of their God, to restore to
+the king his lost dream? I, therefore, pray thee, O king, to give thy servant
+time, and the God that I worship will give me the knowledge of the dream and
+its interpretation.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar,” cried the king, “thy request is granted. Go! and may thy God
+give thee the knowledge of the vision.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel left the presence of the king and hastened to join his comrades at their
+apartments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What now, fair cousin?” said Azariah. “What am I to learn from such a
+countenance? Nothing of a joyful nature, I fear!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Alas, comrades!” answered Daniel, “unless Jehovah interfere with a miraculous
+hand, we are undone. The decree has already gone forth from royal lips that all
+the wise men of Babylon must perish by the sword.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He then gave his companions a full history of the thing, as he had received it
+from the mouth of Arioch, the captain of the guard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In all our trials hitherto,” said Hananiah, “we have found Jehovah to be our
+sure refuge. In him we trust, and he will surely open to us a way of escape.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Already I feel the strange assurance that from this conflict we shall come
+forth triumphant,” said Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Most humbly will we all bow before our God, and pray that a clear revelation
+of the lost dream may be made on the mind of our beloved Daniel,” said Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In solemn silence, the youths of Judah departed, and retired to their
+respective apartments, there to prostrate themselves before the Lord in humble
+devotion, with full confidence that the God in whom they trusted would hear
+their prayer and grant their petition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Many hours had already passed away. Stillness prevailed throughout the
+thoroughfares of the great metropolis. Silence reigned throughout Babylon. The
+faithful night guardians solemnly paraded the streets in the performance of
+their important duties. The queen of cities was hushed to repose; its vast
+thousands had, for a while, forgotten their toil and sorrow. Old midnight was
+left far in the rear, and some faint signs in the eastern skies betokened the
+distant approach of day. But yonder, on their bended knees, see the trembling
+forms of Amonober’s children! For many hours they have wrestled with God. Does
+He hear them? But where is Daniel? Let us silently enter his chamber. The son
+of Baramon is asleep! Mark his countenance!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Still the three brothers, “<i>with their faces toward Jerusalem</i>,” are bowed
+before the Lord. But hark! Ah! it is the well-known voice of Daniel. It rings
+melodiously throughout every apartment and it falls on the ears of the cousins.
+Hark!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Blessed be the name of God forever and ever, for wisdom and might are his. And
+he changeth the times and seasons. He removeth and setteth up kings. He giveth
+wisdom unto the wise, and knowledge to them that seek understanding. He
+revealeth deep and secret things. He knoweth what is in the darkness, and the
+light dwelleth with him. I thank Thee and praise Thee, O God of my fathers, who
+hast given me wisdom and might, and hast made known unto me now what we desired
+of Thee; for Thou hast made known to us now the king’s matter.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early in the morning, Daniel sought an interview with Arioch, and besought the
+reversing of the sentence against the wise men, and assured him that he was
+fully prepared to appear before the king, and restore to him the lost vision.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let Belteshazzar be assured,” said the captain of the guard, “that I shall not
+move a finger against the wise men but by the positive orders of the king, and
+I am happy to say that he hath ordered me to delay execution until I receive
+further directions. I have just learned by chance that the merchant Joram has
+had an interview with the king in behalf of thee and thy friends. If I can be
+of any service to Belteshazzar, I am at his pleasure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In one hour, then, I will call on thee again, and thou shalt accompany me into
+the presence of the king,” and Daniel departed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel found his companions sunk into calm slumber, from which they were not
+then awakened. He partook of a slight repast, bowed once more in adoration
+before God, and returned to seek Arioch, the captain of the guard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were soon on their way to the palace. Arioch first entered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever! Belteshazzar is without, desiring to see thee; and—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No more from thee at this time,” interrupted the king. “Retire, and send the
+young man hither.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The officer, well used to the manner of his sovereign, bowed low and retired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar,” said Arioch, “thou are admitted; and may the gods give thee
+success.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With a firm step, and a calm look, and with full confidence in the God of
+Israel, the Hebrew youth once more marched into the presence of the King of
+Chaldea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar,” cried the king, “art thou able to make known unto me the dream
+which I have seen, and the interpretation thereof?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The secret which the king demandeth of his servant is far above the knowledge
+and comprehension of all his wise men, astrologers, magicians, and soothsayers.
+But the God of heaven—that Jehovah who dwelleth in light—he revealeth secrets,
+and maketh known to the king, Nebuchadnezzar, what shall come to pass in the
+latter days. Be it known, therefore, to the king, that this secret is not
+revealed to me through any wisdom that I have more than any living, but it is
+the kind interposition of Jehovah in behalf of thy servant and his companions
+in tribulation, who are doomed to die; and, moreover, to show the king that
+Jehovah is the only God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy dream, and the vision of thy head, are these: As for thee, O king, thy
+thoughts came into thy mind upon thy bed, what should come to pass hereafter;
+and He that revealeth secrets maketh known to thee the grand events of the
+future.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou, O king, sawest a great image. This great image, whose brightness was
+excellent, stood before thee, and the form thereof was terrible. This image’s
+head was of fine gold, his breast and arms of silver, his belly and thighs of
+brass, his legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. Thou sawest
+that a stone smote the image upon the feet which were of iron and clay, and
+brake them to pieces. Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and
+the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer
+threshingfloor, and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for
+them; and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled
+the whole earth. This is the dream. Now, O king, listen to the interpretation
+thereof.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a
+kingdom, power, strength, and glory; and wheresoever the children of men dwell,
+the beasts of the field, and the fowls of the heaven, hath he given unto thine
+hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou art this head of gold. And
+after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee; and another third
+kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over the earth. And the fourth kingdom
+shall be strong as iron, forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all
+things; and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and
+bruise. And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potter’s clay and
+part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided, but there shall be in it of the
+strength of the iron; forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with clay, so the
+kingdom shall be partly strong and partly broken. And whereas thou sawest iron
+mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men; but
+they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay. And
+in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom which shall
+never be destroyed; and this kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it
+shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand
+forever. Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain
+without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the
+silver, and the gold, the great God hath made known to the king what shall come
+to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof
+sure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a while the king, in silent astonishment, gazed on the wonderful being
+before him; then he arose and fell prostrate at the feet of the captive Hebrew,
+and paid him adoration suitable only to a divine being.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let thy adoration be paid to Jehovah, O king!” cried Daniel, “for it is he
+that revealeth secrets, and bringeth to light the hidden mysteries.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Of a truth, your God is a God of gods,” cried the king, “and a revealer of
+secrets, seeing thou couldest reveal this mystery. And now, Belteshazzar, thou
+art exalted to be a ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and chief of the
+governors over all the wise men of Chaldea; and if thou desirest any particular
+favor, let it not be hidden from the king; for thou art worthy of all honors,
+and the full desire of thy heart shall be given thee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“For himself, thy servant has nothing to ask; but be it known to thee, O king,
+that thou art as much indebted for the restoration of the vision to my three
+companions as to thy servant, for in answer to our <i>united</i> prayers the
+secret was made known. I pray thee, therefore, that while I am thus honored, my
+companions may share in it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Wisely remarked. Thy three companions shall be promoted to posts of honor and
+trust in the empire. Let them, under thee, preside over the province of
+Babylon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, through the miraculous
+interposition of that Jehovah they loved, and whose law they honored, were
+elevated to be the chief personages in the Chaldean empire.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap17"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Years passed by, and uninterrupted success attended the reign of the king of
+Babylon. The aggrandizement of the city was without a parallel in history. It
+appeared to have become the leading passion of the monarch’s mind. The reader
+may have a faint idea of the glory of the city when he remembers that it was a
+regular square, forty-five miles in compass, enclosed by a wall two hundred
+feet high, and fifty broad, in which there were one hundred gates of brass. Its
+principal ornaments were the Temple of Belus, and the famous “hanging gardens.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Temple of Belus was most remarkable for a prodigious tower that stood in
+the midst of it. According to Herodotus, it was a square, of a furlong on each
+side—that is, half a mile in the whole compass; and according to Strabo, it was
+a furlong in height. It consisted of eight towers, built one above the other;
+and because it decreased gradually towards the top, Strabo calls the whole a
+pyramid. It is not only asserted, but proved, that this tower far exceeded the
+greatest of the pyramids of Egypt in height.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ascent to the top was by stairs round the outside. Over the whole, on the
+top of the tower, was an observatory, by means of which the Babylonians became
+more expert in astronomy than any other nation, and made, in a short time, the
+great progress in it ascribed to them in history.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition to these magnificent works, the public buildings of Babylon were
+counted by thousands, and its splendid mansions by tens of thousands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The four Hebrews still continued in power, and more than retained their former
+excellence. Daniel was highly esteemed by the king for his great wisdom and
+skill in the affairs of government; but the impressions of the superiority of
+Jehovah, made upon the monarch’s mind at the interpretation of the dream, had
+well-nigh been obliterated. Pride rebelled against the thought of the future
+overthrow of the empire; and fain would he have persuaded himself that
+uneasiness brought about by a troublesome dream was unworthy of him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The three brothers, in their spheres, performed their duties with a degree of
+perfection and exactitude that greatly pleased the king; and for this, more
+than on account of their genuine excellence, were they regarded by him in a
+favorable light. Those pleasing qualities so apparent in the earlier history of
+the king were fast disappearing, to give way to pride, vanity, peevishness, and
+even cruelty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bold and impetuous declaration of the king, in regard to the sovereignty of
+the God of Israel, and the peculiar circumstances under which the poor Hebrews
+were promoted, were far from being forgotten by the Babylonians. There was a
+deep and abiding dissatisfaction in the minds of thousands in the realm, not so
+much on account of the elevation of the Hebrews, as on account of the
+conviction that the sovereign was not a sincere worshiper of the gods of the
+empire. The king, by occasional remarks from his nobles, had noticed more than
+once that there was something in their language that indicated a lack of
+confidence in his fidelity to the gods. Nebuchadnezzar, notwithstanding his
+increasing vanity, was far from being indifferent to the estimation in which he
+was held by his subjects. He knew that his safety was based on the confidence
+and friendship of his people, and he was determined, if by his former
+professions he had unwisely magnified the God of Daniel, and thereby lost the
+confidence of his Chaldean subjects, to give them unmistakable proof that he
+still was a worshiper at the shrine of Belus.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Summoning Belrazi, one of his most trusted officers, to his side, the king
+said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“From the nature of thy position, thou art called to mingle in very numerous
+circles, and no man at the palace is better qualified than thou to judge of the
+feelings of the subjects toward their king. Come, now, be frank and plain with
+thy sovereign, and tell me how I stand in the estimation of my nobles.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live for ever!” replied the officer, highly delighted with this
+unusual mark of the king’s confidence. “Thou livest in the warm affections of
+thy nobles, and in the pure regard of all thy numerous subjects. Thou art the
+peculiarly favored of the gods. All the nations of the earth fear thee, and pay
+their homage at thy feet.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“True. But art thou not aware that on one point my subjects are not as fully
+satisfied with their king as they might be? Behold, I have placed unusual
+confidence in my servant, and in return the king requireth equal sincerity.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As thy soul liveth, O king, I shall hide nothing from thee. In mingling with
+thy nobles, I find that, without distinction, they are abundantly loyal. In a
+very few instances I have heard language that indicated that my lord the king
+was favorably inclined toward the God of the Hebrews, and less ardent in his
+devotion to the gods of Chaldea. But in this, has not my lord the king the
+perfect right to do as seemeth good in his sight?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The King of Babylon can do as seemeth good in his sight; and it shall seem
+good in his sight, not many days hence, to give abundant proof that the gods of
+Chaldea are the gods of the king. I am well satisfied with thy words. Let this
+interview, and others of the same nature which we may have, remain a secret.
+Thou mayest now leave, and to-morrow at the third hour be punctual to meet me
+again at this apartment.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The dignitary retired, and the king was left alone in his apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My suspicions were well founded! And, indeed, have they had no cause? Well, I
+was then young, and without experience. But was not the recovery of that dream
+a wonderful thing? Will anyone dare deny that? Had the God of Belteshazzar
+nothing to do with it? Again my thoughts are on the God of Israel! ’Tis hard to
+banish it from my mind! The interpretation was natural, and perfectly
+consistent. But I swear by the gods, that it shall not come to pass! I will
+establish my empire on such a sure foundation that it shall not be in the power
+of mortals to shake it. Are not the nations at my command? Are not my armies
+stationed on every shore? Is not Babylon the terror of kings? Ah! where is the
+power that can compete with Chaldea? My nobles are jealous of my fidelity to
+the gods. Yea, truly, and have I not given them reason?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This must go no further. If I have some lingering fears of the God of
+Belteshazzar, it must not be made manifest. In this I must regain the full
+confidence of the nation. Are they jealous of the four Hebrews? In this I fear
+them not. They are worth more to my empire than any chosen score of their
+fellow-officers. And of the wisdom of my wise men—is not more than one half of
+it centered in Belteshazzar? If they are envious of these young men, let it not
+be known to the king, or by the powers of Belus I will let them feel my
+vengeance!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But for the <i>king</i> to be suspected of being a believer in their God is of
+a more serious nature. What measure shall I resort to in order to satisfy the
+mind of the nation? Deny the insinuation in a proclamation? Shall the King of
+Babylon ever stoop to this? Never! Something more consistent with royal dignity
+than this must be found. An image? Yea! That will do, O king! Thou hast well
+thought. An image of Bel. What? ‘With the head of gold, the breast and arms of
+silver, the belly and thighs of brass, the legs of iron, the feet of iron and
+clay?’ Nay! The image of Bel which I shall set up for public worship, shall be
+all of gold. Why otherwise? My wealth is inexhaustible. Who, after such a
+display, would ever suspect the King of Babylon of adhering to the God of the
+Hebrews? This, then, is my purpose. I shall build a great image of Bel, made of
+pure gold, and set it up in some favorable spot, and appoint a day for its
+public dedication.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning, at the appointed hour, Belrazi was punctual to meet the king
+at his apartment. The monarch, well pleased with his scheme of the image,
+manifested a pleasant countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art punctual, Belrazi. The king is well pleased to meet thee. Thy frank
+sincerity yesterday was an additional proof of thy worth. I have seen fit,
+since we parted, to bestow some thought on the subject on which we conversed.
+It is of the utmost importance to the well-being and security of the empire
+that the people have unbounded confidence in their king in all things—in
+matters of religion as well as in matters of state. Now, in order to expel all
+doubts from the minds of my nobles in regard to my fidelity to the gods of my
+fathers, I have thought of a measure which, I trust, must prove successful. It
+is this: Let an image of our god Bel be made of gold. Let it be of large
+dimensions, and far superior to any image heretofore seen in any country. Let
+it be set up in some favorable spot; and on the day of its dedication, let all
+who hold office under the government, be commanded, by a royal decree, to
+appear on the spot, and, at the appointed hour, fall down and worship it; and
+let the penalty of disobedience be death. Let those who dare set at naught the
+will of the king be taken and thrown into the burning fiery furnace. What
+thinkest Belrazi of this?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever! Thy goodness is unbounded. Thy design is dictated by
+that wisdom that cometh from the gods. The measure shall be hailed throughout
+the empire with shouts of rejoicing, and the day of its dedication will be a
+day of days in the future history of Chaldea.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let no time be lost, then,” replied the king. “Let my head goldsmith be
+called, and from the lips of the king let him receive instructions in regard to
+the making of the image. This is my desire. Let the measure be known but to a
+few, until the proclamation shall go forth.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The head goldsmith was soon in the presence of the king, and after much
+deliberation the exact dimensions of the great image were settled upon; and,
+moreover, it was agreed, that by a certain day it should be completed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+According to the direction of the king, no publicity was given to the measure.
+Few of the king’s confidential friends were apprised of it. In the meantime, no
+pains were spared by the chief goldsmith to have everything in readiness by the
+time appointed. Hundreds of the craft were called together to speed the great
+undertaking; and, even before the time agreed upon, the idol was ready to be
+set up. Word was sent to the king, and immediately the proclamation was
+trumpeted far and wide, throughout the length and breadth of the vast empire:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, to all his Princes, Governors, Captains,
+Judges, Treasurers, Counselors, Sheriffs, and all rulers of his provinces: Ye
+are hereby commanded to appear on the twenty-third day of the eighth month, at
+the third hour of the day, in the plain of Dura, within the province of
+Babylon, to witness the dedication of the great image which I have set up in
+honor of Bel, the god of the Chaldeans. Ye are, moreover, hereby commanded, at
+the hour appointed, to fall down and worship the golden image. Disobedience
+will be punished with the utmost rigor. Those who shall refuse to bow and
+worship shall in that same hour be taken and thrown into a burning fiery
+furnace.<br/>
+    “Given under my hand and seal, at the great City of Babylon, on this the
+fourth day of the seventh month.
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+“Nebuchadnezzar.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The dedication of the great image now became the chief theme of conversation.
+In city and village, on hill and in dell, in the palace and cottage, it was the
+leading subject; and throughout the empire it gave universal satisfaction. The
+measure for the time being had its desired effect—to establish in the minds of
+the Chaldeans the conviction that the king was faithful to the gods.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This proclamation was received by the three Hebrews with profound astonishment
+and deep regret. For many years now they had enjoyed tranquility and Worshiped
+the God of their fathers in calm simplicity; and this was the first time, since
+they came to Babylon, that they were required to do violence to their
+conscience by worshiping a false god. Daniel, on business of great importance,
+was sent to Egypt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The three worthies soon met for the special purpose of deciding upon a course
+of action to be followed in the approaching emergency. No fearful apprehensions
+could be read in those countenances. No fainting fear took hold of their
+spirits. Their eyes sparkled with holy courage, their cheeks flushed with noble
+emotions, their forms were unusually erect. They were fully prepared for the
+worst.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The opening remarks were from Hananiah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, brothers, another cloud seems to darken our skies, and to hang
+threateningly over our heads; but I trust that, as servants of the Host High,
+we have by this time learned to gaze upon such things without terror or alarm.
+We are now assembled together to take a calm, sober look at the thing as it
+really is, and decide on our future course. We are surely much indebted to the
+king. For a number of years, we have been the recipients of his bounty and the
+objects of his kind regard, for which, undoubtedly, we all feel grateful. But
+the question is this: is it our duty, as the professed worshipers of the God of
+Israel, to yield obedience to the demand of an unholy and wicked law, that
+throws insult into the face of the God of heaven, and the Jehovah of the
+universe? In this case, either obedience or disobedience must be pleasing to
+God. Is it the will of Jehovah that we should obey this law, or disobey it? To
+my mind, it is clear that, in this case, nothing short of a manly
+<i>disobedience</i> can be agreeable to the will of our God. Brothers, we must
+have decision of character. In this matter there must be no compromise with
+iniquity.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And Hananiah took his seat with a smile of holy satisfaction playing on his
+lips, when Mishael arose, and said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The question rests here, brothers! Can any edict from any king, potentate, or
+human power, make null and void the laws of the eternal God? To this question,
+from us, there is but one short answer, and that is, ‘<i>Nay!</i>’ Is He not
+higher than the highest? Are not His commands far superior to all human edicts?
+The law of Jehovah is supreme, and let the <i>higher law</i> be obeyed, though
+the heavens should fall! Azariah, what sayest thou?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I say I shall not bow to any god but the God of Israel! In Him I trust. If we
+perish by the hand of our enemies, so let it be! Better death than a base
+betrayal of our sacred trust. But is not that God who saved us once from death
+able to deliver us again? Is his arm shortened, that he cannot save? Then let
+them heat the fiery furnace! That God in whom we trust will yet deliver us from
+this calamity, and overrule this dark providence to his glory.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A knock was heard. The door was opened, and the pleasant voice of the newcomer
+gave them to understand that he was no other than the kind-hearted Apgomer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trouble you, at this time, as a bearer of dispatches from my kind master,
+Belteshazzar, who is now in Egypt, on government business of pressing
+importance. Before he left, he gave me positive orders to deliver all messages
+to his cousins without the least delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art ever welcome, dear Apgomer!” answered Hananiah. “and especially
+to-day, as a bearer of a dispatch from one we love so well.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And here is another, from one that, peradventure, ye love the more. Ye
+perceive that the children of Judah have some confidence in their Chaldean
+friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And great is the confidence thou deservest, as one that has proved himself a
+genuine friend in every trial,” said Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let not my noble friend speak thus!” said the modest Chaldean, “for I deserve
+it not. I must return, and any further dispatches that may be sent to my care
+shall, without delay, be conveyed hither. Adieu!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These dispatches proved to be letters. The last delivered was confidentially
+handed to Apgomer by Mathias, and was written by Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The letter from Daniel was first considered. It was read aloud by Azariah.
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“<i>Ever Dear Cousins:</i> I have this moment read the wonderful proclamation
+of the king, in regard to the great image of Bel, to be dedicated on the plains
+of Dura. By some strange providence, he saw fit to send me hither, with
+imperative instructions to remain until some unpleasant affairs between the two
+governments are amicably adjusted; and before this can be accomplished, the
+great idolatrous display will have passed. Your minds, undoubtedly, have been
+much troubled in view of the unpleasant position in which ye are placed. So
+hath the mind of your beloved cousin. Already I know full well that, with holy
+courage, ye are ready for the trial. The flames of a fiery furnace must fail to
+frighten a true Israelite from the worship of the God of his fathers. Past
+favors are not to be repaid by proving traitors to the God of Israel. We are
+the <i>temporal</i> subjects of the King of Babylon it is true, and in anything
+that interferes not with the command of Jehovah, we are happy to render him
+willing obedience: but with us obedience to the <i>higher law</i> is paramount
+to all other considerations. The words of a loving mother are yet fresh in my
+mind. The morning on which we left our beloved Jerusalem, she called me to her
+apartment, and, among a multitude of other good things, she said, ‘The same
+integrity to the law of thy God will certainly secure thy prosperity among
+strangers. Thy path may occasionally be obstructed; but trust in God, my son,
+and all will be well. The land whither thou goest is a land of universal
+idolatry, where the God of thy fathers is not known, and where his worship may
+cause universal ridicule. Heed them not. With thy face toward Jerusalem, let
+thy petitions daily ascend to the God of Abraham, and he will direct thy paths.
+Never prove a traitor to the religion of thy fathers. My son will be obedient
+to the laws of his king that do not come in contact with his religion; but if
+ever thou art required to render obedience to any law that clashes with the law
+of thy God, remember, my son, that <i>disobedience</i> to that law must be
+rendered, even unto death if required. Let “Obedience to the Higher Law” be thy
+motto; for thy mother would sooner hear of thy death as a martyr to the
+religion of Judah, than of thy promotion to a throne by apostasy.’<br/>
+    “These burning words of your Aunt Josepha, to her son Daniel, are the words
+of Daniel to his cousins. Prove true to your religion! and if in this ye die,
+it shall be but the will of your God. But, cousins, ye shall not die! That same
+Jehovah who appeared in our behalf years ago, in the revelation of the king’s
+dream, will again stretch out his arm to save. If Jehovah interferes in your
+behalf, there is not fire enough in all Chaldea to injure a hair of your head.
+I long to be with you! Nothing would give me greater pleasure than to be
+immediately called back to Babylon. Then side by side would we stand erect, and
+scorn to bow before a golden image. But it appears to be the will of Jehovah
+that I should be absent. I have confidence that I shall soon embrace you in
+Babylon: but if in this I am mistaken, we soon shall meet in the better
+Jerusalem above.
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+“Daniel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was with some difficulty that Azariah commanded sufficient control over his
+feelings to enable him to read the letter aloud; but with a trembling accent it
+was done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thanks be to Jehovah.” cried Mishael, “for such consolation in the midst of
+sore affliction.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But what says our beloved Perreeza?” said Hananiah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No one felt willing to read aloud their sister’s letter, so it was read by each
+in silence. It ran thus:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“<i>Dear Brothers:</i> With emotions indescribable, Perreeza endeavors to write
+these few lines, that may impart some consolation to her dear brothers while
+strong waves of affliction pass over their souls. Being much confined of late
+to my dwelling, it was but yesterday that I derived any knowledge of that awful
+proclamation of the king in regard to his great image. Uncle Esrom is at
+present traveling in a far country on important business, and I am deprived of
+his counsel and ye are deprived of his aid in this crisis. Ob, my brothers! the
+companions and guardians of my juvenile hours, into whose care and warm
+affections I was committed by the parting words of a dying mother! How ardently
+does your sister love you! how deep for you is the affection of Perreeza’s
+heart! What can I say that will cause one sweet ingredient to drop into your
+bitter cup? Nothing better do I know, than the favorite sentence of our beloved
+Jeremiah. If the good prophet were here would he not say, ‘Jehovah is the
+strength of all his saints; trust in him and be at peace!’ Oh, how sweetly
+flowed the gentle words of the man of God! Brothers! dear as ye seem to my
+throbbing heart, terrible as the fiery furnace may rage, Perreeza has no desire
+that your safety should be purchased at a dishonorable price. Nay, brothers! if
+for a moment I should indulge in such an unholy desire, that moment I should
+forfeit all right to call you brothers. I shall not even <i>advise</i> you to
+stand firm in the fiery trial. Ah! too well do I know that your noble souls
+already scorn the command of an apostate king, who once acknowledged the
+supremacy of the God of Israel.<br/>
+    “My precious Jupheena came to see me this morning, and she is very
+confident that the God in whom we trust will bring you through this trial
+triumphantly. Dear brothers, accept this hasty dispatch as an offering of pure
+affection. Farewell, until our next meeting.”
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+“Perreeza.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With full hearts, the brothers bowed before the Lord and rolled their burdens
+upon the Almighty. The entire consecration was now made, and they were ready
+for the trial. The struggle was over and their minds became as calm and
+tranquil as a summer evening.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap18"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+In an extravagantly furnished apartment of a fine-looking mansion in the heart
+of the city, sits a family group, consisting of a father, mother, two sons, and
+one daughter. They are far from exhibiting in their countenances that
+contentment of mind which is a “continual feast,” and yet something has
+transpired that gives them, for the time being, an unusual degree of
+pleasurable emotion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The father leaves his seat, and with folded arms he begins to pace slowly
+backward and forward the length of the apartment with an air of pompous
+dignity, while ever and anon a smile of extreme selfishness plays on his lips.
+He has received intelligence which he considers by no means displeasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mother, to whom nature has been rather niggardly in the endowment of
+outward charms, is loaded with a superabundance of golden ornaments, in the
+vain attempt to supply the lack of the natural with the artificial. In her eye
+you look in vain for intelligence, or in her countenance for benevolence; but
+she smiles! yea, indeed, with something the mother is evidently pleased.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two sons, in making a declaration of their brotherhood to a stranger, would
+stand in no danger of being suspected on that point as deceivers. The
+resemblance is quite striking.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The daughter is beautiful—in her own estimation. To this she clings as an
+essential part of her creed—that she constitutes a very important share of the
+beauty of Babylonia, but in getting it implanted into the creed of others, she
+proves unsuccessful—her converts being wholly confined to her father’s
+household. She also, with the rest, on this night manifests an unusual degree
+of hilarity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah! they are ensnared at last!” said Scribbo, with an air of triumph. “They
+must either deny their religion or face the furnace. This is right, and happy
+am I that the king has at last seen fit to enact a law that will bear with
+stringency on those pretending foreigners who fill the most important stations
+in the government.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But, brother,” said the sister, eagerly, “which thinkest thou they will
+choose—the worship of our gods or the fiery furnace?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am in hopes they are fanatical enough to choose the latter,” answered the
+brother; “for in case they should choose the former, they would be as much in
+our way as ever. But then it would be some consolation to know that they had
+been compelled to worship and bow before the gods of the Chaldeans.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There is one thing to be deeply regretted,” said Shagoth. “I am informed that
+Belteshazzar, the great Rab Mag, is now in Egypt, and is not expected to return
+for some weeks. He also ought to bear them company and share the same fate. But
+if only we can put these three out of our way we shall have abundant reason to
+adore the gods.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But, my sons,” said the mother, “will not these Hebrews elude notice among so
+many? The gods know how I fear lest after all they may escape.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Fear not that, mother,” answered Scribbo. “Shagoth and myself will so arrange
+matters as to be near them; and if they bow not with us we will on the spot
+report them to the king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is a matter of ponderous importance, and of immense consequence,” said
+the promenading father. “From this, Chaldea shall hereafter reap abundant
+harvests. These proud and insolent foreigners who insinuate themselves into
+offices which native Chaldeans ought to fill, will now learn a lesson of
+modesty to which they have hitherto been strangers. Far better for our beloved
+Chaldea if the superstitious brood had been left in their own country. May the
+gods grant that every Hebrew office-holder may so cling to his imaginary god as
+to walk straight from office into sure destruction. My motto is ‘Chaldeans for
+Chaldea!’ Personally, I have no hostility toward these young men. Nay! But, O
+my country! my country! it is for thee my heart bleeds! Sons! ye shall do well
+to be on your guard, and see to it that they escape not your vigilance. If they
+die, their offices will be vacant, and must soon be supplied by some persons of
+ability. O my country! It is for thee, O Chaldea! my heart bleeds!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But,” said the anxious mother, “are not these important offices at the
+disposal of the Rab Mag? If he still remains, can we expect any favors from
+him? Alas! my husband may well cry, ‘O my country!’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perhaps,” said the daughter, “if he hears of the death of his companions, he
+will never return, but flee over the mountains to his own country.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A trivial mistake, my daughter,” said the patriot; “his country would lie in
+an opposite direction.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But could he not change his course?” asked the half-offended daughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, verily, my child, if he should find that he was in the wrong path;
+peradventure, this would constitute his first business.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I can hardly hope for such a happy result, sister,” said Shagoth. “The
+conniving demagogue will cling to his office until compelled by a stringent law
+to abandon it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Before many days, the Rab Mag will return,” said the erect promenader. “And
+will not the king ere long set apart another day for the public worship of the
+gods? And if this foreign pretender escapes now, justice will overtake him
+then. The vengeance of our deities will not always slumber, and these
+worshipers of other gods shall soon know that the best offices in our
+government and the best interests of our beloved country are not to be
+entrusted to a horde of superstitious foreigners. O my country! Sons! let me
+caution you again to be on the watch for these three rulers. They hold
+important offices, and such a favorable opportunity is not to be lightly
+regarded. O my country, my country!”
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The day appointed for the dedication of the great image at last arrived. Its
+ushering in was hailed by the populace with universal enthusiasm, marked by
+shouts of rejoicing. The day was fair and beautiful. No threatening cloud was
+visible in the heavens. The metropolis, at a very early stage, presented one
+grand scene of activity and preparation. The soldiery were out by thousands,
+their glittering panoply dazzling in the clear sunbeams. Officers of all grades
+hurried to and fro with excitement visible on their countenances. Those
+swarming thousands were evidently expecting some signal, at which they were
+ready to march. The word of command was at last given, and the multitude moved
+forward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Onward the mighty concourse moved through the principal thoroughfares, amid the
+ringing of bells, the blasts of trumpets, and the waving of banners, until they
+arrived in a spacious square in front of the royal palace. Here they halted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last, the massive portals were thrown open, and the king, in a magnificent
+chariot, surrounded by an imposing guard, made his appearance. He waved his
+hand in the direction of the multitude, when, with one voice, the people
+exclaimed:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procession was soon on its way to the plains of Dura, the king leading the
+pompous train, while eager thousands brought up the rear. On the way, they were
+joined by thousands more, who at different places waited their arrival, and at
+every stage the high praises of the King of Babylon echoed from ten thousand
+voices.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The great image far surpassed anything of its kind within the realm. Its
+dimensions were large and well proportioned, its height being twenty cubits,
+and its breadth six cubits, elevated on a richly gilded pedestal, forty cubits
+in height, thus being perfectly visible to all the worshipers. Around its base
+stood the officiating priests of Belus, with solemn visages, their long flowing
+robes adorned with numerous articles of rich regalia.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Scribbo and Shagoth, faithful to their revengeful promise, were on the keen
+alert for the three Hebrews. In their wanderings they came across Apgomer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We are in search of thy three Hebrew friends,” said Shagoth. “Canst thou
+inform us where we may find them?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I can,” promptly replied Apgomer. “I know the exact spot on which they stand.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is truly gratifying,” replied Scribbo. “Now lead us to the spot without
+delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To my Hebrew friends your presence would be anything but agreeable; and, as I
+am under far more obligations to them than to some others, I am very happy to
+disregard your request.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art in command of the same daring insolence as characterized thy
+school-days,” said Scribbo, in an angry tone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To be accused of insolence by the envious sons of Skerbood, is fully
+equivalent to being called noble and gentle by a worthy citizen,” answered
+Apgomer, with a smile of contempt playing on his lip. “So permit me to thank
+you for the high compliment.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Speakest thou so to us, thou insulting pretender!” cried Shagoth, in a rage.
+“Thou hadst better depart ere we punish thy insolence with the edge of the
+sword.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Terrible words, surely, from mighty swordsmen!” said Apgomer, smiling. “Is it
+any wonder I tremble beneath your gaze? Even from the days of your childhood
+your courage and valor have been proverbial. My cousin Scribbo, at the early
+age of ten years, would, without fear, push headlong into the water little
+girls years younger than himself; while the brave Shagoth, at the early age of
+twelve, could find no more pleasing recreation than to scourge his poor
+relatives of eight years old and under. Then ye were heroes in embryo; and now,
+having grown up, is it any wonder that the whole realm quakes beneath your
+tread? Hail! all hail, ye mighty sons of Skerbood! This is the day in which ye
+look for the full realization of your guilty hope, in the death of three of the
+choicest noblemen that ever adorned the Chaldean realm. Be not too sure of your
+prey. Strange things have appeared in those young men’s histories, and more
+strange manifestations may yet appear.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Too long already have we listened to thy insolent and silly harangue,” said
+Scribbo. “Right glad are we that these foreign pets, who have so long been
+dandled on the lap of royalty, are at last brought to the test. We only hope
+that their fanaticism may lead them to disobedience. In that event, we would
+ask for no greater pleasure than to be permitted to throw them into yon blazing
+furnace.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ye are surely well adapted for such an undertaking. By all means, volunteer
+your services; and remember that, in the midst of your burning patriotism,
+these young foreigners hold responsible offices, that must be filled by some
+competent personages.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Away, Scribbo, from the sound of this barking dog!” said Shagoth. And the two
+office-seekers hurried away in search of the doomed Hebrews.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had gone but a little distance when they saw the three brothers together,
+a few rods on the left from the throne. The two Chaldeans, unobserved,
+stationed themselves close behind them, and there waited for the grand result.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon, a signal was given for the throng to come to silence and order. This was
+not easily accomplished. At length, however, order was fully gained, and
+breathless silence reigned over half a million of idolaters. This silence was
+broken by the loud accents of heralds, who passed through all parts of the
+assembly, crying at the top of their voices:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To you it is commanded, O people of all nations and languages, that at what
+time ye hear the sound of the flute or harp, ye fall down and worship the
+golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king hath set up. And whoso falleth not
+down and worshipeth shall the same hour be cast into a burning fiery furnace.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The heralds returned to their places, and their voices were no longer heard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The grand signal was given! The musical instruments poured forth their loud
+strains, and the great mass fell prostrate before the glittering idol. But,
+yonder, behold those champions of moral integrity! Only three among five
+hundred thousand! While all besides have bowed the knee, there they stand!
+Their figures are heroic, their forms are erect, their arms folded, while an
+involuntary smile of contempt plays on their lips.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By the gods, we have them!” whispered Shagoth, in ecstasies. “Behold, Scribbo,
+how erect their posture!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hold thy peace!” whispered Scribbo, in return, “or they will hear us. When we
+rise, then we will confront them to good advantage. Thanks to the gods, they
+have well favored us.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The signal for the vast throng to arise from their worshiping attitude was
+given. No sooner was it heard, than Scribbo and Shagoth walked with an air of
+conscious triumph and stood before the three Hebrews.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And who are these presumptuous and rash mortals,” said Shagoth, “who thus dare
+to set the laws of the king at defiance? Tremble, ye daring wretches! for who
+are ye to withstand the vengeance of our sovereign?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To the king, then, we are accountable; and not to thee, thou crawling
+reptile,” answered Hananiah. “So haste thee away; and if thou hast any
+authority, let it be displayed within its own sphere.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah!” cried Shagoth, “ye are doomed to die! See ye not the heated smoke of the
+fiery furnace? Your guilty and rash conduct shall be made known to the king
+without delay. Your guilty career is well-nigh run; and Chaldea shall soon be
+delivered from the curse of foreign office-holders.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But not from the curse of a groveling, envious, unprincipled horde of
+office-<i>seekers</i>,” said Azariah, casting a withering glance on the two
+brothers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Away, brother!” cried Scribbo. “For why should we hear the abusive harangue of
+these overfed demagogues?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And away the patriots hurried with their complaint to the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The monarch was surrounded by a large number of his nobles, who were loud in
+their congratulations at the complete success that had crowned the day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An officer in uniform came forward, and bowed low in the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What is thy pleasure, Arioch!” asked Nebuchadnezzar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Two men have approached the guard, O king, greatly desiring to be admitted
+into thy presence.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let them be admitted!” was the answer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With anything but ease of manner, Scribbo and Shagoth walked into the royal
+presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what have ye to communicate?” inquired his majesty, eying them as if not
+quite satisfied with their appearance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” replied the Chaldeans. “Thou, O king, hast made a
+decree that every man shall fall down and worship the golden image; and whoso
+falleth not down and worshipeth should be cast into a fiery furnace. There are
+certain <i>Jews</i> whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of
+Babylon—Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego—these men, O king, have not regarded
+thee; they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set
+up.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then was the king full of wrath and fury. “What!” said he, “is my royal decree
+to be thus set at defiance? Is this the return they make to the king for their
+high promotion in the government? By all the gods, I will bend their stubborn
+wills, or they will suffer my vengeance to the uttermost! Let them be summoned
+into my presence without further delay!” And officers were soon on their march
+to bring the offenders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king, from his elevation, saw them approaching. An innocent smile rested on
+each countenance; and in spite of his haughty arrogance, the king’s heart was
+touched, and his better feelings for a while triumphed. They stood in his
+presence, and respectfully, as usual, made their obeisance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Am I rightly informed, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego,” said the king,
+“when I hear that ye do not serve my gods, nor worship the golden image that I
+have set up? It may be true; yet for your sakes, I will give you one more
+trial: but beware that ye further provoke not my displeasure! The king’s
+command is not to be trifled with!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without the least betrayal of fear, Hananiah, in a firm tone of voice,
+addressed the monarch:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, it requireth no careful deliberation in this matter. In so plain a
+case the answer is ready at hand. Thy servants, as thou well knowest, are
+natives of Judah, and we worship no god but the God of our fathers. As
+foreigners, we have at all times been careful to use no disrespectful language
+in regard to the gods of Chaldea, or those who pay them homage; and hitherto,
+unmolested, have we paid our simple adoration to the Lord God of Israel. The
+law of our God, with us, is regarded as infinitely superior to all human
+edicts. In all things pertaining to the government, we have faithfully
+endeavored to do thy will, and obey the directions of our sovereign. But not
+until this day have we been required to deny our religion, and insult our God.
+To thee, O king, we are much indebted. For many years have we been the objects
+of thy kind regard. But be it known to Nebuchadnezzar, that the continuance of
+his favor is not to be purchased by a base betrayal of our principles, or a
+denial of our God. We cannot serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which
+thou hast set up. We bow the knee to God Most High alone! To us thy fiery
+furnace has no terrors! Jehovah, in whom we trust, is able to deliver us. That
+God who divided the Red Sea in two parts and made Israel to pass through the
+midst of it, and who parted the waves of the swelling Jordan, is able to
+preserve thy servants alive in the midst of the devouring flames! Yea,
+<i>he</i> will deliver us out of thy hand, O king! But, if in this we are
+mistaken, be it known unto thee, that <i>we can never obey any law of man that
+requireth a violation of the law of God</i>. Therefore, we refuse to serve thy
+gods, or worship this golden image which thou hast set up.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Seize the ungrateful wretches!” cried the king, in a rage, while paleness
+spread over his countenance. “Seize all who set my authority at naught, and who
+thus insult their king! By the gods, now shall they feel the weight of my
+displeasure, and reap the reward of their daring insolence! Let the furnace be
+heated seven times hotter than usual. Let the worthless dogs be thrown in, and
+let their God, if he be able, prove himself superior to the gods of Chaldea!
+Bind them now, in my presence!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The three brothers were seized on the spot by several strong men, and bound
+hand and foot with cords. When this was done, they were conveyed in the
+direction of the fiery furnace. The news soon spread throughout the assemblage,
+and pressing thousands urged their way towards the place of execution. The fire
+raged with fury. Fagot after fagot was thrown in. The flames leaped high above
+the top of the black walls that surrounded them. The executioners were strong
+men of the royal guard. To these were added a number of others, who, to show
+the strength of their patriotism, volunteered their services. Foremost among
+these were Scribbo and Shagoth. With what triumphant malignity they gazed on
+the bound Hebrews! How complete they considered their own victory!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The word of command was given, and the victims were dragged up the massive
+steps that led to the upper edge of the burning pit. In this the volunteers
+showed more than an ordinary degree of patriotism. The Hebrews were laid side
+by side, ready for their awful doom. The stout hearts of the soldiers were
+touched with pity as they gazed on the noble forms of their victims, of whom
+they had never heard aught but good; and they felt loath to perform the awful
+deed. But not so the patriotic sons of Skerbood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why not throw the guilty rebels in?” cried Shagoth, with an air of importance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As ye appear to take far more pleasure in this transaction than we do, we are
+very willing to bestow the honor of throwing them in on yourselves. So proceed
+with your delightful performance,” said an officer, at the same time giving
+way, while his companions followed him some two or three steps downward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“With all pleasure!” answered Scribbo, while, with fiendish eagerness, they
+both turned to perform the foul deed. With a firm grasp they first laid hold on
+Azariah, and he was thrown into the midst of the flames. The same was done to
+Mishael; and, finally, as Hananiah dropped to the burning depth below, the
+ascending flames became doubly fierce; at the same moment the wind shifted and
+became strong, and, as sudden as a flash of lightning, the flames poured their
+awful vengeance on the guilty heads of Scribbo and Shagoth. For a moment they
+whirled in the midst of God’s avenging scourges, crying loudly for help; but no
+help could be administered! In another instant they became bewildered, and soon
+their blackened forms fell on the edge of the furnace, where a few moments
+before had lain the sons of Judah!
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img6.jpg" width="461" height="618" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">The ascending flames became doubly fierce
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The king had not accompanied the prisoners to the fatal spot, but continued, in
+a surly mood, to sit on his elevated throne. He was far from being satisfied,
+and he inwardly regretted his severity toward the best of his officers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The furnace was a roofless inclosure, twenty feet square, built of very thick
+walls in solid masonry. At the height of about twenty-five feet from the
+ground, on the inside, there were ponderous bars of iron, which were made to
+cross each other at right angles, and which fastened in the walls, forming the
+bottom of the furnace into which the victims were thrown from above. Below, in
+different parts, were appropriate places for fagots and light combustibles
+wherewith to heat the furnace. To the lower story there were eight doors or
+openings, two on each square, through which easy access was obtained to the
+fireplaces. On the outside there was but one entrance to the top. This was by
+means of massive stone steps. The depth from the edge of the furnace to the
+crossbars below was fifteen feet, making the whole height, from the ground,
+forty feet. From above also, there were steps to descend into the bottom. To
+spectators, on the ground, the victims were not visible after they had been
+thrown over the edge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king unwillingly turned his eyes towards the fiery furnace, and from his
+elevation he could see its interior. He suddenly sprang to his feet, lifted his
+hands on high, and exclaimed, in affrightened tone:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O ye gods, what do I behold! What do I behold, O ye gods!” Then, turning to
+his nobles, he exclaimed: “Do I fancy, or is it real? Turn your eyes on yonder
+flames! In their midst what behold ye? Speak!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The nobles tremblingly replied:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We see men walking unhurt in the midst of the fire, O king!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is even so!” cried the monarch, in deep agitation. “It is <i>not</i> a
+delusion! It is a marvelous reality! But did we not cast in three men bound?
+And I see four men loose walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no
+hurt! And the form of the fourth is like unto a son of the gods! Arise, let us
+hasten to the spot!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king, attended by a number of his nobles, and surrounded by the royal
+guard, was soon on his way towards the furnace. The thronging masses divided to
+give way to their sovereign. There were but few there that knew the cause of
+the king’s agitation. Those who witnessed his countenance attributed it to the
+awful death of Scribbo and Shagoth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All eyes are fastened on the king. With a hurried pace he ascends the steps of
+the furnace. He has nearly reached the top. He stops. Now the vast assembly
+eagerly listen for a royal address. But why turns he not his face toward the
+throng? Regardless of the swaying masses, he lifts his hand on high—he speaks!
+Hark! “Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, ye servants of the most high God, come
+forth and come hither!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the conclusion of this, which seemed to the multitude an incomprehensible
+speech, there were but few present who did not inwardly pronounce the king to
+be laboring under a sudden fit of insanity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While all is still and solemn, behold, arm in arm, the forms of Shadrach,
+Meshach, and Abednego! A heavenly smile rests on their countenances. Already
+they have reached the top, and they stand in the presence of the wondering
+thousands. For a moment they cast a smiling glance on the throng below; then,
+with that ease of manner which always characterized them, they approach the
+king, and make their obeisance, with as much apparent good feeling as if
+nothing of an unkind nature had ever transpired. The king grasps them by the
+hand, and a mighty shout of good feeling and gladness resounds from thrice ten
+thousand tongues. The king then, turning to the multitude, in a loud voice
+exclaims:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who hath sent his angel
+and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have yielded their bodies
+that they might not serve nor worship any god except their own God. Therefore I
+make a decree, that every people, nation, and language, which speak anything
+amiss against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, shall be cut in
+pieces; because there is no other god that can deliver after this sort. And
+now, by the command of the king, let that image be taken down, and let it be
+carried to the temple of Belus, and there, in a secluded part, let it remain.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The assembly was now disbanded and broken up by royal authority. The masses
+began to move homeward with deep astonishment. The golden image was lost sight
+of, and the miraculous deliverance of the three Hebrews was the all-absorbing
+theme. The priests of Belus were utterly confounded. This mighty demonstration
+of the power of Jehovah soon spread throughout the land. The numerous Hebrew
+captives were treated with much more kindness; thousands of Chaldeans lost all
+confidence in their gods, and learned to pay their homage at the shrine of
+Jehovah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel returned from the court of Pharaoh, after having arranged all things to
+the satisfaction of his sovereign, in whose estimation he now stood higher than
+ever. The three brothers were held in awe and reverence by all, and the king
+communed with them freely on all subjects. Their lives were rendered
+comfortable, and, according to the late decree of the king, whosoever dared to
+speak disrespectfully of their God did so at his imminent peril.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The priests of Belus kept much within their temple, and whenever they appeared
+in public, it was with far greater modesty and much less arrogance. They were
+fast losing the confidence of the populace, and the worship of the gods was
+greatly disregarded. The great Rab Mag was universally admired, and his three
+companions stood above reproach.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap19"></a>CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<p>
+For some years after that wonderful display of Divine power, as exhibited
+before vast thousands on the plains of Dura, Chaldea was comparatively free
+from wars.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king contented himself with adding to the already magnificent grandeur of
+the seat of his empire. Thousands were continually employed in carrying out the
+schemes developed by his inventive mind, and no sooner was one mighty
+enterprise completed, than another project was brought forward. But the
+monarch’s vast ambition was not to be satisfied by the erection of massive
+walls and costly edifices. The fire of war and the love of conquest were not
+yet quenched in his soul. He had a strong passion for the din of battle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Tyre was a strong and opulent city on the Mediterranean coast of Syria. It was
+one of the most celebrated maritime cities of antiquity, and remarkable for its
+power and grandeur. Hitherto, it had never been subject to any foreign power.
+It was built by the Sidonians, two hundred and forty years before the Temple of
+Jerusalem. For Sidon being taken by the Philistines of Askelon, many of its
+inhabitants made their escape in ships, and founded the city of Tyre; and for
+this reason we find it called in Isaiah, the “Daughter of Sidon.” But the
+daughter soon surpassed the mother in grandeur, riches, and power.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toward this proud city of Syria, the King of Babylon, in the twenty-first year
+of his reign, led his conquering legions, with full confidence of a speedy
+surrender. With a powerful army he encamped before the city, and soon commenced
+his attack, which was vigorously repelled. It became evident to the Chaldeans
+that the subduing of Tyre was not the work of a few days, or even a few months.
+His troops suffered incredible hardships, so that, according to the Prophet’s
+expression, “every head was made bald, and every shoulder was peeled.” Not
+until after a protracted siege of thirteen years was the city conquered, and
+even then Nebuchadnezzar found nothing to recompense him for the suffering of
+his army and the expense of the campaign.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon after the surrender of Tyre, the King of Babylon led his forces into
+Egypt, where he was much more successful than on the shores of the
+Mediterranean. A large number of provinces were brought to subjection, and
+thousands of captives were carried to Chaldea and distributed along the shores
+of the Euphrates.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king of Babylon “was at rest in his own house, and flourishing in his own
+palace.” The thoughts of the past, present, and future deeply occupied his
+mind. The past of his own history had been crowned with unparalleled success.
+The present was all that his heart could wish. He found himself surrounded with
+glory and magnificence that completely eclipsed the splendor of all other
+nations combined. The future—ah, the future! Who could penetrate its darkness?
+Could it be possible that the predictions of Belteshazzar, in regard to the
+future, were true? Was the glory of Chaldea to be trampled in the dust? Was the
+kingly line of Nebuchadnezzar to be broken? Was not the kingdom at last
+established on an immovable foundation? But, had he not, at different times,
+been convinced that Belteshazzar had been instructed by the God of heaven in
+regard to the future? Tea, truly! But many years had passed since then, and his
+greatness had been daily increasing. The king would have gladly persuaded
+himself that all was clear in the future, but it was beyond his power, and
+under a degree of perplexity he threw himself upon his couch. A few wandering
+thoughts, and the king was asleep.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+“Another dream of troubles!” cried the king, while his countenance bespoke
+alarm. “Do the gods, indeed, delight in my misery? Why must I be thus
+tormented? Aye! a dream big with meaning! A vision surcharged with great
+events! But who will show me the interpretation thereof? Where is Belteshazzar!
+But why may not my Chaldean wise men answer the purpose? Yea! Let them have the
+first trial. Why do I thus tremble? Whom shall I fear? ‘Hew down the tree!’ O,
+ye gods, how that voice sounded! ‘Let his portion be with the beasts, in the
+grass of the earth!’ What meaneth it? Why do I fear to call Belteshazzar
+<i>first?</i> Is it not best at once to know the worst? But let my Chaldeans
+have the first trial;” and the king called a young page into his presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Young man, where is thy father?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My father is in the adjoining chamber, O king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Call him hither without delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The page hastened from the presence of the king, and presently a
+venerable-looking person walked into the apartment, and bowed in reverence
+before the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Arioch, it is my desire to see the wise men of Babylon as soon as possible at
+this apartment. Go! Haste thee! for the command of the king is urgent. Let them
+be native Chaldeans who appear before me at this time; trouble not
+Belteshazzar. If I need his services I shall call for him hereafter.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The officer, faithful to his charge, was soon on his way to summon the wise men
+to appear before the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not long before a number of the Chaldeans stood in the presence of the
+king, ready to learn his will and do his pleasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Are ye able to give me the correct interpretation of a wonderful dream?” asked
+the king, in a doubtful tone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We surely can, O king!” replied the chief of the wise men; “we derive our
+knowledge from the gods, and the interpretation of the dream must be sure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But what proof do your gods give of their own existence?” asked the king,
+looking sternly on the chief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our gods made the world, O king!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>Some</i> gods, or God, made the world; but why not the God of Israel? Can
+you point to any miraculous interference of <i>your</i> gods in the affairs of
+mortals? If I have forgotten my dream, can ye, through <i>your</i> gods,
+restore it? And if, in case ye fail, I should cast you all into a fiery
+furnace, would your gods preserve you unhurt in the midst of the fire? Answer
+me!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants,” said the trembling magician, “from their youth up have been
+taught to reverence and adore the gods of Chaldea. That there is a God in
+Israel, we are ready to admit; and far be it from us to hide from the king our
+convictions that this God has given us infallible proofs of his power. This we
+do not admit before the populace: but why should we dissemble before our king?
+Since the issuing of thy decree on the plains of Dura, we have never said aught
+against the God of the Hebrews. Let thy servants, I pray thee, find favor in
+thy sight, and deal not with us harshly!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“At this time,” said the king, “ye are not required to restore a lost dream. I
+have the vision in all its parts, and, if ye are able, ye may give me the
+interpretation. If ye are not able, confess your ignorance, or, by the God of
+Israel, I will pour my vengeance on every head!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king then carefully rehearsed his dream in their presence. When he had
+finished he arose, and, approaching the head magician, with a look that made
+him tremble, he asked:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Canst thou or thy comrades give me the interpretation of this wonderful
+dream?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The king’s dreams are at all times of a very peculiar nature, and far
+different from ordinary dreams,” replied the prince of the magicians. “The king
+demands honesty at our hands, and may the gods forbid that we should be
+otherwise. We are not able to give thee the interpretation of thy wonderful
+dream. We fall on thy mercy! Oh, deal not harshly with thy servants!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy simple honesty hath at this time saved thy life and the lives of thy
+companions! Go your way, and bear in mind that ye are a band of hypocritical
+pretenders. I have demanded your service for the last time!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The magicians hurried away from the palace, thankful that they had escaped so
+well; and nevermore were their services required in the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Much as I expected! The vile, deceitful race! The <i>gods!</i> Much
+<i>they</i> know about the gods. <i>Have</i> we any gods? I have no proof of
+any god but the God of the Hebrews. Belteshazzar must at last explain the
+vision! Why do I dread the knowledge of it? Is this trembling the result of
+fear? The day is damp and cold. ‘Hew down the tree!’ That voice was solemn! Why
+must I remain in this suspense? I will know the worst! If the God of the
+Hebrews has a quarrel with the King of Babylon, let me know it! Without delay
+I’ll send for Belteshazzar.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The prime minister, always obedient to the demands of his sovereign, hastened
+into the presence of Nebuchadnezzar, where he was received with the most
+profound respect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O Belteshazzar, master of the magicians, because I know that the spirit of the
+holy gods is in thee, and no secret troubleth thee, tell me the visions of my
+dream that I have seen, and the interpretation thereof. Thus were the visions
+of my head on my bed: I saw a tree in the midst of the earth, and the height
+thereof was great. The tree grew, and was strong, and the height thereof
+reached unto heaven, and the sight thereof to the end of all the earth; the
+leaves thereof were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was meat for
+all; the beasts of the field had shadow under it, and the fowls of the heaven
+dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh was fed of it. I saw in the vision
+of my head upon my bed, and behold a watcher, and a holy one came down from
+heaven! He cried aloud, and said thus, ‘Hew down the tree and cut off his
+branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit; let the beasts get away
+from under it, and the fowls from his branches. Nevertheless, leave the stump
+of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass in the tender
+grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his
+portion be with the beasts in the grass of the earth. Let his heart be changed
+from man’s, and let a beast’s heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass
+over him. This matter is by the decree of the watchers, and the demand by the
+word of the holy ones, to the intent that the living may know that the Most
+High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth to whomsoever he will, and
+setteth up over it the basest of men.’ This dream I, King Nebuchadnezzar, have
+seen. Now thou, O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation thereof, forasmuch
+as all the wise men of my kingdom are not able to make known unto me the
+interpretation; but thou art able, for the spirit of the holy gods is in thee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel was astonished, and his thoughts greatly troubled him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Belteshazzar,” said the king, “let not the dream or the interpretation thereof
+give thee pain or uneasiness.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My lord,” said Daniel, “the dream is to them that hate thee, and the
+interpretation thereof to thine enemies. The tree that thou sawest, which grew
+and was strong, whose height reached into the heavens, and the sight thereof to
+all the earth, it is thou, O king, that art grown and become strong; for thy
+greatness is grown and reacheth unto heaven, and thy dominion to the end of the
+earth. And whereas the king saw a watcher and a holy one coming down from
+heaven, and saying, ‘Hew down the tree and destroy it, yet leave the stump of
+the roots thereof in the earth, even with the band of iron and brass in the
+tender grass of the field, and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let
+his portion be with the beasts of the field till seven times pass over him,’
+this is the interpretation, O king, and this is the decree of the Most High
+which is come upon my lord the king: that they shall drive thee from men, and
+thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall make thee
+eat grass as oxen, and they shall wet thee with the dew of heaven; and seven
+times shall pass over thee, till thou know that the Most High ruleth in the
+kingdom of men, and giveth to whomsoever he will. And whereas they commanded to
+leave the stump of the tree roots, thy kingdom shall be sure unto thee, after
+that thou shalt have known that the heavens do rule. Wherefore, O king, let my
+counsel be acceptable to thee, and break off thy sins by righteousness, and
+thine iniquities by showing mercy to the poor, if it may be a lengthening of
+thy tranquility.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king, conscious that the Hebrew was under peculiar inspiration, bowed in
+solemn reverence, dismissed him in the most respectful manner, and then threw
+himself on his couch, in the deepest agony of mind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The fates are against me! What shall I do? Shall I weep like a woman, and sob
+like a corrected child? Shall the King of Babylon, the great conqueror of
+nations, turn at last to be a coward? Shall the great sovereign of Chaldea say
+he is sorry, beg pardon of the gods, and thus reduce himself to the level of a
+common subject? Never! Let all the gods hear it! Never! ‘<i>Driven from among
+men!</i>’ Who shall be able to drive Nebuchadnezzar? ‘<i>Eat grass as
+oxen!</i>’ O, ye gods, is not that laughable? And yet I cannot laugh! Let it
+come! I fear not the gods! Ah, do I not? I fear not the <i>gods</i>, but still
+I have a dread of that <i>one</i> God. I destroyed his temple, I plundered his
+sanctuary, I carried his vessels to the house of my god, in the land of Shinar.
+Is he about to retaliate? I shall see. Shall I humble myself before a strange
+god? Shall I now, after having reached the very pinnacle of fame and glory,
+dishonor myself in the eyes of my nobles? Nay! Sooner than this, I will brave
+the vengeance of all the gods and nobly perish in the unequal conflict!”
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Twelve months passed after the King of Babylon was troubled by his wonderful
+dream. His grief was not of long duration, and this period had been one of more
+than usual gayety and hilarity in the great city. The king gave entertainments
+on a magnificent scale; and, in the midst of his dazzling splendor, the
+mournful predictions of Belteshazzar were well-nigh forgotten. Occasionally
+they would rush to the monarch’s mind, but with a desperate effort they would
+be banished as troublesome intruders and unwelcome guests.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The day was beautifully clear. The king, about the ninth hour of the day,
+walked upon the roof of his high palace. Babylon, in all its glory, stood
+before him, its massive walls bidding defiance to all the surrounding nations.
+The temple of Belus, with its famous tower, stood forth in majestic grandeur,
+together with the hanging gardens, decorated with all that was beautiful and
+lovely in nature. The city’s famous buildings he could count by thousands, and
+its rich palaces by tens of thousands. The predictions of Daniel found way to
+the monarch’s mind; but they were expelled by a proud spirit and stubborn will.
+His soul laughed to scorn the dark prophecy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What!” said the proud monarch, “does this look like ‘eating grass like an ox’?
+Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for the house of the kingdom by
+the might of my power, and for the honor of my majesty? Who shall—” Hark! A
+voice speaks from the heavens! “O King Nebuchadnezzar, to thee it is spoken:
+The kingdom is departed from thee, and they shall drive thee from among men;
+and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field; they shall make thee
+eat grass as oxen; and seven times shall pass over thee, until thou knowest
+that the Most High ruleth in the kingdom of men.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The voice ceased. The king uttered a loud, hysterical laugh, descended from his
+palace, and ran into the park, a raving maniac.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Stillness reigns in the home of Joram. No merry voices fall on the ear of the
+passer-by. The few that move around the premises tread carefully and silently,
+while solemnity settles on each countenance. The voice of song is hushed; the
+loud peals of melody are no longer heard; and for many a day the “Harp of
+Judah” has remained in its corner, and no delicate hand has swept its
+well-tuned strings. Inside of that mansion to-day you witness not that joy
+which is wont to pervade it. You perceive cheeks wet with tears, and bosoms
+heaving with sighs. The inmates converse together in whispers, and tread
+lightly. In an apartment richly furnished, into which the beams of the sun are
+not permitted to enter, we find assembled a large company of relatives and near
+friends. It is not an occasion of small import that calls them thus together.
+There we find Mathias, Perreeza, and their children. The amiable Jupheena is
+there, with her husband and sons and daughters. Venerable men and women are
+seen here and there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But where to-night is Joram? Where is that benign countenance? Hush! Speak low,
+tread lightly! Disturb not the last moments of the dying Israelite! Joram is at
+the banks of Jordan. Already his feet are touching the cold waters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sick man turns on his pillow and faintly
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Mathias, why comes he not? Shall I not once more see my most excellent
+friend?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My dear father, he will ere long be here. The messenger is trustworthy, and
+will soon return.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The journey of life is near its close. The holy hill is in sight. I pass
+through the vale of death on my way to the better land. Yonder is the home of
+the faithful. Sorrow and mourning shall flee away.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He is here! He is here!” cried Jupheena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Has he arrived?” asked the sick man, in faint accents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, father,” replied Mathias, in soothing tones, “he has arrived.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thanks be to Jehovah!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently, a man of venerable appearance, his hair silvered over with age,
+apparently a Chaldean, walked into the apartment. Jupheena was the first to
+greet him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jehovah bless my lovely daughter!” whispered the aged man, as the tears
+coursed down his furrowed cheeks. For a moment he looked around upon the
+company with an earnestness of affection not easily described; then looking up
+to heaven, in trembling accents he broke forth:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, Jehovah, let the smiles of Thy countenance rest on these Thy chosen ones!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The venerable man was then gently led by Mathias to the bedside.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A smile passed over the pale countenance of Joram, the fountain of his tears
+overflowed; he looked up to the face of his old friend, reached out his
+trembling hand, and cried:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah! my good Barzello! thou hast come once more to see thy friend Joram, before
+he leaves for the spirit land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If thou art to go first,” replied the old soldier, “we shall not long be
+separated; with me, also, the battle of life will soon be closed.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I find, Barzello, that my race is well-nigh run! I am fast passing away. I
+have a strong impression that this day I shall join the society of immortals;
+therefore I thought fit to send for my best friend, to be with me in my dying
+moments. I am spared to see a good old age. For the last forty years my cup of
+joy has been often filled and running over. Jehovah has dealt with his servant
+in great kindness. The iniquities of my youth are forgiven—I am at peace with
+the God of Israel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sick man desired to be raised a little higher on his pillow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That is better. Now I can see you all. We must soon part; my sun is fast
+sinking, and in a few hours Joram will be gone. The chariot will soon call. I
+chide you not for your tears, for here on earth I know too well their value. In
+that bright world above where Jehovah dwells, and where angels spread their
+wings, no tears are found.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Joram, quite exhausted, closed his eyes, and deep silence for a while
+prevailed. He soon revived, and called for Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What can I do for my ever-dear uncle?” whispered Perreeza.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“One more little song, accompanied by the harp of Judah,” said Joram, with a
+smile, “and I ask no more.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Perreeza greatly fears that it will disturb thee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nay, my sweet child, thy Uncle Esrom was never yet disturbed by the sound of
+melody. Sing to me that little song thy aunt so dearly loved.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, my dear uncle,” whispered the weeping Perreeza, “I fear it is beyond my
+power to sing. I am filled with weeping. Yet, at thy request, I will make the
+effort. Oh, God of my fathers, help me!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He will, my child,” faintly answered the old Israelite; “get thy harp and
+sing.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once again the old harp was brought from its corner. Perreeza wiped away her
+tears, and succeeded in conquering her emotions. She took the familiar
+instrument in her arms, and sat at a little distance from the dying man. Joram
+cast one look on the old harp, smiled, and gently closed his eyes. Perreeza
+softly touched the chords and sang:
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+“Father, send Thy heavenly chariot,<br/>
+    Call Thy weeping child away;<br/>
+Long I’ve waited for Thy coming,<br/>
+    Why, O why, this long delay?<br/>
+Of this earth my soul is weary,<br/>
+    Yonder lies the better land;<br/>
+Fain my soul would leave its prison,<br/>
+    Glad to join the glorious band.<br/>
+<br/>
+“Thrice ten thousand happy spirits<br/>
+    Sing Thy praise in heaven above;<br/>
+All arrayed in robes of glory.<br/>
+    Crowned with righteousness and love;<br/>
+Old companions wait to greet me,<br/>
+    Smilingly they bid me come.<br/>
+Father, send Thy heavenly chariot,<br/>
+    Call Thy weary pilgrim home.<br/>
+<br/>
+“Earth is fading from my vision;<br/>
+    Brightness gathers o’er my head:<br/>
+Thrilling strains from heavenly harpers<br/>
+    Sound around my dying bed.<br/>
+Blessed land of saints and angels!<br/>
+    Here I can no longer stay;<br/>
+Yonder comes my Father’s chariot;<br/>
+    Rise, my soul, and haste away!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The song was ended. The harp was laid aside.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Did my father enjoy the song?” soothingly inquired Mathias. Joram made no
+reply. The “chariot” had arrived, and Joram had departed! As the last
+vibrations of the “harp of Judah” died on the ear, his soul was wafted on
+angelic pinions, and introduced to the melody around the throne of God.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap20"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<p>
+After the insanity of Nebuchadnezzar, Evil-Merodach, his son, acted as regent.
+The misfortune of the Chaldean monarch cast a deep gloom over the vast empire.
+He fell at the zenith of his popularity, and the government throughout felt the
+shock. Evil-Merodach was far from being a favorite, and among all classes in
+the nation there seemed to be a growing dissatisfaction. This feeling would
+have been immeasurably greater had it not been for the wisdom and vigilance of
+Belteshazzar, his prime minister. Of Daniel’s wisdom the regent had no doubt.
+From his father he had learned all the particulars in regard to Daniel’s
+interpretation of the dream; and, seeing before his eyes daily a literal
+fulfillment of its awful predictions, he could not but hold the interpreter in
+much reverence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nearly seven years passed without witnessing events of special importance in
+the empire. During most of this time Nebuchadnezzar exhibited all the signs of
+a maniac. As he showed no disposition to injure those around him, he was
+permitted to go at large, within royal inclosures. His treatment was much
+according to the direction of Daniel, who was the only person at the palace of
+whom the maniac king appeared to have the least recognition. He carefully
+shunned the presence of every one, and the only thing that appeared to give him
+satisfaction and check his raving was the permission to be a companion of his
+oxen, that quietly fed in the palace park. Here it may be well to remark that
+the peculiar feature of the king’s insanity was the strange conviction that he
+was an ox; and, under this conviction, he would endeavor to imitate that animal
+in all its motions and voices. He was never confined or bound with chains, but
+permitted to enjoy himself as his maniac fancies might dictate. This was not
+the result of indifference, but quite the contrary. The king was held in much
+respect at the palace, even in his deplorable insanity; and there was much
+faith placed in the opinion of Daniel in regard to the king’s final restoration
+to his reason and the kingdom. Among many of Daniel’s Chaldean friends at the
+court the opinion was becoming prevalent that the interesting occasion was not
+far distant.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+The afternoon was fair and beautiful. It was about the ninth hour of the day.
+Daniel, weary with his arduous duties within, thought fit, in order to
+invigorate both his body and mind, to take a walk in the beautiful groves of
+the palace park. So he laid his papers aside, and was soon under the refreshing
+breezes of the open skies. The scene was truly delightful. The sun was
+gradually losing the intensity of its heat, and slowly sinking toward the
+western hills. Nature was adorned in beauty and innocence. The sweet choristers
+of the trees chanted their melodious sonnets on the high branches, and the
+parks rang with the sound of praise from the feathered tribe. The river rolled
+majestically along, while its shores were strewed with the choicest roses and
+flowers. On the banks of “proud Euphrates’ stream,” the Rab Mag sat down and
+gave freedom to his thoughts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“His paths are unsearchable, and His ways past finding out! He reigns in heaven
+above, and on earth beneath. Jehovah is God alone. By him kings rule and
+princes govern. He taketh down one and setteth up another. O Lord, thou art
+very great, and highly exalted above all gods. In thy hands are the deep places
+of the earth: the strength of the hills is thine also. I adore thee, O my God!
+I praise thee, O Jehovah! From my youth the God of Israel has been my help. He
+has brought me through ways I have not known. How terrible is his wrath toward
+those who rebel against him! How great his love to all that fear him! He
+bringeth down the proud look, and causeth his enemies to be ashamed. The
+scepters of kings are broken in pieces. Jehovah is King of kings! Babylon, with
+all her glory, shall become a desolation. Her lofty towers shall fall, her
+walls shall be destroyed, her palaces shall become heaps of ruin, and her idol
+temples shall be no more!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such were the meditations of Daniel, when his attention was called to a
+rustling noise in the foliage, on his right, a short distance from the spot on
+which he sat. He looked, and beheld the uncouth form of the maniac king slowly
+approaching him. The sight affected the Hebrew’s heart. His eyes became
+moistened with tears. The punishment was just, he knew; but in the history of
+that degraded monarch, he could find many things to admire. In other days he
+had a heart that throbbed with kind and warm emotions. Had he not in the main
+been kind to him and his three companions? And, in the midst of envy and
+jealousy, had he not kept them, foreigners as they were, in the highest offices
+in the gift of the government? He had. And Daniel’s heart throbbed with pity as
+he beheld the brutish antics of one who was once so powerful and intelligent.
+The king gradually approached the spot where Daniel sat, without observing him,
+sometimes standing erect, other times running on all fours, sometimes uttering
+incoherent expressions, other times bellowing like an ox.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“God of my fathers,” silently cried Daniel, “let this suffice! According to thy
+promise restore the unhappy king to his reason, and let his courtiers know that
+there is no God like unto thee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By this time the maniac stood close by the side of his courtier, but as yet he
+had not observed him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon!” cried Daniel, with a loud voice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The maniac was startled, looked up to the face of the minister for a moment,
+and cried, in loud accents, “Belteshazzar! Belteshazzar!” and, as if greatly
+terrified, ran. He soon stopped and stood at a distance, with his wild,
+flashing eyes steadfastly fixed on the form of the Rab Mag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel arose, and slowly directed his footsteps towards the spot. He was glad
+to find that the king remained stationary. He approached within a respectful
+distance of the maniac, uncovered his head, made his humble obeisance as in
+days of yore, and cried:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king, in silence, continued to gaze on Daniel, with a wild, vacant stare.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jehovah, the God of Israel!” cried Daniel, pointing with his finger to the
+skies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“J-e-h-o-v-a-h!” slowly whispered the king, gazing upward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Hebrew now ventured nearer the king, fell upon his knees, and “with his
+face toward Jerusalem,” sent his urgent, silent petition to the God of Israel,
+in behalf of his unfortunate sovereign. Daniel had not been long in prayer
+before the king, with restored reason, fell down by his side and loudly
+rejoiced and praised the God of heaven. The set time had come; the prayer of
+the man of God had, indeed, prevailed; the lost was found, the maniac was
+restored.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The restoration of reason to the king was brought about by the same miraculous
+power that had deprived him of it, and it was accomplished in the same sudden
+manner. He was not only restored to the right use of his faculties, but also to
+a perfect recollection of the past. The dream, its interpretation, with all
+subsequent transactions up to the very day of his insanity, were brought
+clearly to his mind; but since that moment all was one dark void. In mercy, not
+a vestige was permitted to remain to embitter his after years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The most important thing that now appeared to occupy the monarch’s mind was the
+life and health of his family, and the length of the period of his insanity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell me, O Belteshazzar, how long has the king of Babylon remained in this
+degraded condition?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Seven years of deep calamity, O king, have passed over thy head!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Seven years!” cried the king, with a trembling voice, while his tears were
+fast falling. “O thou God of heaven, thou art just in all thy ways! But are the
+members of my family spared to see the restoration of the king?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They are all spared and in good health, O king, and will be overjoyed to see
+thee restored to thy throne.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jehovah is the only God! He ruleth among the armies of the heavens, and the
+inhabitants of the earth. Let all nations praise the God of Israel! But come,
+Belteshazzar, let us bend our footsteps towards the palace.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel threw one of his loose garments over the almost naked form of the king,
+side by side, they started towards the palace royal. On their way thither, they
+were met by the captain of the guard. The old soldier was overwhelmed with joy
+to hear once more the familiar voice of his beloved king. He fell before him,
+and would have embraced his feet if permitted. He begged of the king to remain
+where he was with Belteshazzar, and permit him to hasten to the palace to
+herald the joyful news, and return with the king’s old guard to escort him
+home. The measure struck the king favorably, and Arioch, with a bounding heart,
+was on his way. The regent, Evil-Merodach, was first apprised of the fact,
+which he received with demonstrations of joy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The news was quickly learned by hundreds, and the palace rang with shouts of
+rejoicing. The regent, with the guard, was soon on the march for the place
+where Arioch had left the king. When they reached the spot, the monarch arose
+and gently bowed. His son now ran up to his father, fell on his neck, and they
+warmly embraced each other. The old royal guard, as soon as their emotions were
+partially subsided, approached as near their sovereign as they could, and, at a
+given signal from their captain, they broke forth in one grand shout that made
+the forest ring. The king was deeply moved; he endeavored to speak, but was not
+able.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procession was on its way. The king with his son and the prime minister,
+was drawn in the royal chariot. Shouts of joy echoed on the high turrets of the
+royal mansion as the restored monarch entered once more through its massive
+portals, to sit on the throne of his empire. Heralds were hurried into every
+part of the city to acquaint officials with the king’s restoration, and on that
+night the great metropolis of Chaldea was brilliantly illuminated, and loud
+shouts of rejoicing burst forth from thousands of gladdened hearts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king resumed the responsible duties of his government amid the warm
+congratulations and the best wishes of his courtiers and subjects. New life was
+infused into every department of state, and the metropolis once more appeared
+to breathe the breath of former years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Belteshazzar was now to the king a constant and confiding friend. They
+conversed together freely on all points, and no measure was put forth without
+the consent and approbation of the Rab Mag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In regard to the God of Israel no doubt remained longer in the mind of the
+king. At last he was wholly saved from idolatry. The process of his conversion
+had been a severe one, but in the hands of Jehovah it had proved successful.
+His vanity was conquered, his haughtiness slain, the pride of his heart
+subdued; he was a meek and lowly worshiper at the shrine of the God of Israel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king was getting well stricken in years, and he was conscious that he was
+not long for earth. Therefore, like a wise man, he bestowed much thought on
+that world into which he was fast hastening. His worldly ambition was at an
+end, he appeared but seldom in public, and was much given to retirement and
+meditation. He had at last learned to see the things of earth in their true
+light, and the enthusiasm of his younger friends was viewed with a smile and a
+sigh. He clearly saw in the distance the glory of Babylon brought to the dust,
+and its majestic halls resounding with the voice of revelry from the sons and
+daughters of strangers. Of this the reformed king could not think without
+painful emotions; but with resignation he bowed to the Will divine.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap21"></a>CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+
+<p>
+On the death of Nebuchadnezzar, Evil-Merodach took the throne. Of this man we
+have said but little. He acted as regent during his father’s Insanity. He was a
+person of a low, groveling mind, and no sooner was he established on his throne
+than he began to give signs that the scepter was in the hands of a profligate
+tyrant. Contrary to the request of his dying father, he neglected the weighty
+matters of the empire, and plunged into dissipation and gluttonous revelry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As with the commencement of Nebuchadnezzar’s reign began the real glory of
+Chaldea, so with his death the glory departed, and the empire was soon in a
+rapid decline. No feature in the character of the new king was in the least
+calculated to command either the love or the admiration of his subjects. He was
+inwardly cursed by the nation, and feared only on account of his cruelty. Of
+Daniel he had some dread, and over him the Hebrew had some control. He was well
+convinced, from what he had seen in his father’s history, that Daniel was not
+to be slighted, and that among all the wise men of the realm, there was none
+like him. And, moreover, he was well aware that his superior wisdom had had
+much to do in elevating the empire to its present high position. Through the
+influence of this man of God, the wicked king dealt with comparative mildness
+toward the captive Hebrews so numerous within the realm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reign of this monarch was of short duration. Some of his own relatives,
+conspiring against him, put an end to his existence; and so died Evil-Merodach,
+unwept by the nation, and Nerriglisser, one of the chief conspirators, reigned
+in his stead.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The three brothers, since the death of Nebuchadnezzar, had seen best to retire
+from public life. In Babylon they were greatly beloved, and considered as the
+peculiarly favored of the gods, and over whom no mortal had control.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nerriglisser, immediately on his accession to the throne, made great
+preparations for war against the Medes, which preparations lasted for three
+years. Cyaxeres, king of the Medes, seeing the hostile attitude of the
+Babylonians, sent to Persia, imploring the help of his young nephew, Cyrus, the
+son of Cambyses, king of Persia, who had married his sister Mandana. Now Cyrus
+was beautiful in person, and still more lovely in the qualities of his mind;
+was of sweet disposition, full of good nature and humanity, and always had a
+great desire to learn and a noble ardor for glory. He was never afraid of
+danger nor discouraged by any hardship or difficulty. He was brought up
+according to the laws and customs of the Persians, which were excellent in
+those days with respect to education. With the consent of his father, he
+readily complied with the wish of his uncle, and, at the head of 30,000
+well-trained Persians, he marched into Media and thence to Assyria, to meet the
+forces of Nerriglisser, king of Babylon, and the forces of Crœsus, king of the
+Lydians. The armies met. The Chaldeans were routed. Crœsus fled, and
+Nerriglisser, the king of Babylon, was slain in the action. His son,
+Loboros-barchod, succeeded to the throne.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a very wicked prince. Being naturally of the most vicious
+inclinations, he now indulged them without restraint, as if he had been
+invested with sovereign power only to have the privilege of committing with
+impunity the most infamous and barbarous actions. He reigned but five months;
+his own subjects, conspiring against him, put him to death, and Belshazzar, the
+son of Evil-Merodach, reigned in his place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Since the death of Evil-Merodach, and during the reign of his two successors,
+Daniel had retired to private life, and was but little spoken of at public
+places. This king, following in the footsteps of his predecessors, led a life
+of dissipation and profligacy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the meantime, the fame of the Persian prince was spreading far and wide. His
+armies proved victorious on every shore; and, to the faithful Hebrews, who
+discerned the signs of the times, his conquests were hailed with inward joy.
+Cyrus for some years had tarried in Asia Minor, and had reduced all the nations
+that inhabited it to subjection, from the Ægean Sea to the River Euphrates.
+Then he proceeded to Syria and Arabia, which he also subdued.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fortifications of Babylon, since the death of Nebuchadnezzar, had been
+strengthened, and now the work of fortifying was carried on with great vigor.
+Belshazzar, if from no other motive than fear, gave all encouragement to this
+kind of improvement, and during his reign prodigious works of this nature were
+completed. He was well aware that the famous Persian had his eye upon him, and
+that the besieging of the city was but a question of time. He therefore made
+all preparations for a formidable attack. Provisions of all kinds, from all
+parts of the country, were stored within the city in great abundance, and
+everything was put in readiness to withstand a protracted siege.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Cyrus, whom divine Providence was to make use of, was mentioned in the
+Scriptures <i>by his name</i> one hundred and fifty years before he was born in
+these words:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thus saith the Lord to his anointed, to Cyrus, whose right hand I have holden,
+to subdue nations before him; and I will loose the loins of kings, to open
+before him the two-leaved gates; and the gates shall not be shut. I will go
+before thee and make the crooked places straight; I will break in pieces the
+gates of brass, and cut in sunder the bars of iron; and I will give thee the
+treasures of darkness and hidden riches of secret places; that thou mayest know
+that I, the Lord, which call thee by thy name, am the God of Israel. For Jacob
+my servant’s sake, and Israel mine elect, I have even called thee by thy name:
+I have surnamed thee, though thou hast not known me” (Isa. 45: 1-4).
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap22"></a>CHAPTER XXII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The army of Cyrus had already reached the capital of Chaldea. The vast plain
+before the city swarmed with moving thousands of Medes and Persians. At this
+time no warriors were finer in appearance than the battlemen of the Persian
+prince. Their discipline had reached to an almost inconceivable degree of
+perfection. The wishes and desires of their great commander had become their
+law; and each one vied with the other in rendering obedience to his orders.
+Their fame had spread throughout lower Asia, and through many parts of Assyria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the Babylonians thought themselves so well prepared for this emergency that
+the numerous legions of Cyrus failed to alarm them. Their walls they considered
+proof against any attack, and they had a sufficient amount of provision in the
+city for twenty years. They laughed to scorn the demand of the Persians, and
+loudly ridiculed them from the city walls. Belshazzar and his counselors,
+considering themselves secure, gave way to their depraved appetites. The palace
+was one scene of debauchery and revelry by day and by night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Persian general soon saw that an assault on such formidable defenses would
+be useless. A project was conceived in his mind. He made the inhabitants
+believe that he intended to reduce the city by famine. To this end he caused a
+line of circumvallation to be drawn quite around the city with a large and deep
+ditch; and, that his troops might not be over-fatigued, he divided his army
+into twelve bodies, and assigned to each of them its month of guarding the
+trenches. The great ditch was completed, but the reveling Babylonians little
+thought of its real design.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Belshazzar, the king, made a feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine
+before the thousand. This feast was one of great splendor. The most spacious
+and magnificent rooms in the richest city in the world were crowded with rank
+and beauty. Learning, aristocracy and royalty were there. Precious stones and
+costly perfumery filled the salon with dazzling luster and sweet fragrance. Wit
+sparkled with the sparkling of the cups, and reason flowed with the flowing of
+the wine. They drank toasts of enthusiastic patriotism; they sang songs of
+unbounded loyalty, and shouted defiance to every foe. Strains of melody poured
+forth from an hundred instruments, and hilarity and excessive mirth beamed
+forth from every countenance. The high praises of the gods of Chaldea, with
+rapturous shouts in honor to their king, mingled together and broke forth from
+a thousand tongues. The besieging army and its commander, together with the God
+of the Hebrews, were made the subjects of their keenest sarcasm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This feast was given in honor of Belshazzar’s birth; and we may easily judge
+that flattery without measure was poured into his willing ear. On this
+occasion, from the very nature of the festival, much was expected from the
+monarch himself, and it was very evident that he was fully determined that in
+this they should not be disappointed. He spoke in this vein:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All hail, brave Babylonians! Welcome! Thrice welcome to the presence of your
+king! Before me on this night I behold the pride and glory of Babylon. Here are
+my nobles who have at all times distinguished themselves by their valor and
+great bravery. Let us banish gloom, and let our hearts overflow with mirth! We
+may well congratulate ourselves on the perfect safety of Babylon. Our walls are
+impregnable and our possessions are abundant. We laugh to scorn the silly
+movements of the Persians that parade before the city. Dark predictions there
+are, I know, in regard to the future of Chaldea, but these Hebrew delusions
+have well-nigh vanished. I am sorry to confess that my royal grandsire gave too
+much countenance to these groundless delusions, in the preferment of the Hebrew
+Belteshazzar with his three companions to high offices within the province of
+Babylon. This, my lords, was a great mistake of the past, for which we have
+already too dearly paid. Since I came to the throne, this intermeddling of
+foreigners with the affairs of the nation has received no countenance; and
+happy am I to know that to-day all offices under the government are entrusted
+to none but native Chaldeans. In this I do not wish to cast a shade on the
+memories of the illustrious dead, for truly no monarch ever distinguished
+himself more than my lamented grandfather. The trophies of his victories are
+to-day visible throughout the empire. To him, indeed, the gods of Chaldea were
+propitious, and unmistakable proof they gave of their superiority to the gods
+of other nations. We have heard much of the renowned God of the Hebrews! But,
+under the protection of our own, we bid defiance to all other gods! Who is the
+God of Israel that I should fear him? Did not my grandfather, under the
+guidance of the gods of Chaldea, enter into his territory, destroy his city and
+burn his temple? Why did he not then vindicate his power and glory? Why permit
+the vessels of his temple to be carried into Babylon, and there deposited in
+the temple of Belus? Ah, my lords, those vessels were worthy of a more trusty
+god! They are beautiful to behold, and would well become an occasion like the
+present. Surely this is well thought! Let the vessels of the temple of the God
+of Israel be brought hither, and from them let us drink wine in honor of the
+gods of Chaldea! Bring them hither in haste! My thirst increases with the
+thought! All praise to our matchless gods! Again I say, let us banish gloom,
+and let us be filled with mirth! But here, indeed, come the temple vessels of
+the God of Israel! Bring them hither. Look ye here, Babylonians! Saw ye ever
+anything more beautiful? Such fine specimens of art as these must be rendered
+serviceable in the employ of more worthy gods! Let them be filled with wine!
+Let us drink to the gods of the empire; and, if there is a God in Israel, let
+him come to the rescue! We defy his power, Chaldeans! These Hebrews among us
+must be limited in their privileges. The worship of their imaginary God, if at
+all permitted, must be on a more private scale. They are corrupting in their
+influence, and their liberties must be restricted. This I have accomplished in
+a measure, and, by the gods, I swear that in this my pleasure must be realized
+to the full! These foreigners have too long lived in ease, and many of them
+have been unwisely elevated to fill the most responsible offices in the gift of
+the government, to the exclusion of Chaldeans and more worthy men. Of this We
+shall hear no more complaint. I have cut short the work, and not one Hebrew
+remains in office within the empire. Babylonians, in this has not the king met
+your wishes? Your joyous looks and merry countenances answer ‘yea!’ Let this
+then be our motto, ‘Chaldeans to rule Chaldea!’ Drink! Drink freely! Drink to
+the gods! Is there a God in Israel? Let him come and claim the vessels of his
+sanctuary! Oh, the wine tastes delicious from these thy golden goblets! Oh,
+thou God of Israel! Ha! ha! ha! More wine! Let us rejoice and be glad, and
+drink defiance to all gods save the gods of Chaldea! Who shall Belshazzar fear?
+What god can alarm the king of Bab—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vessel fell from the monarch’s hand! Paleness gathered on his brow! A
+sudden trembling shook his whole frame! A cry of terror broke from his lips!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the wall, over against the candlestick, there appeared the fingers of a
+man’s hand, which wrote on the plaster. This was the mysterious sight that gave
+terror to the king and alarmed the merry throng.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Haste ye!” cried the terrified king, “and bring hither my wise men, and let
+them give me the signification of the writing. Go in haste!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Messengers were speedily hurried to summon the magicians and wise men into the
+presence of the monarch, and within a short period the whole “college” stood
+before the agitated sovereign in the midst of the banqueting hall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Look ye yonder!” said the king, with a trembling voice, pointing to the
+mysterious writing. “Whosoever shall read this writing, and show me the
+interpretation thereof, shall be clothed with scarlet and have a chain of gold
+about his neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The wise men gazed in silent astonishment on the writing, cast solemn glances
+at one another, and at last frankly confessed that it was written in a language
+with which they had no acquaintance—peradventure, understood only by the gods.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What shall I do?” cried the king, in deep agony. “I fear some awful calamity
+is about to befall me! A curse upon you pretenders’ Depart from my presence! O
+ye gods, what shall I do?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The great fear of the king had been made known to the queen-mother, the famous
+Nitocris, wife of Nebuchadnezzar. She hastened to the banquet chamber, where
+she found all in the greatest consternation, especially the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” cried the queen-mother. “Let not thy thoughts trouble
+thee, nor thy countenance thus be changed in the presence of thy mighty lords,
+lest hereafter they despise thy fear. There is a man in thy kingdom in whom is
+the spirit of the holy gods; and, in the days of thy grandfather, light and
+understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the gods, were found in him, whom
+the king, Nebuchadnezzar, thy grandfather—I say <i>the king himself</i>—made
+master of the magicians, astrologers and soothsayers; and this was a sure sign
+of his superior wisdom. This great man is not found among <i>thy</i> nobles.
+Since in thy great wisdom thou didst see fit to deprive all Hebrews of office,
+this mighty Daniel, whom thy grandfather called Belteshazzar, has been seen but
+seldom. But be it known to thee, O king, that he is not utterly forgotten.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without delay messengers were sent to the house of Daniel, and in a short time
+a venerable person, with his hair silvered over, slowly marched into the
+banqueting hall, and, without the least embarrassment, stood in the presence of
+the pale and trembling Belshazzar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Art thou that Daniel who art of the captivity of Judah, whom the king my
+grandfather brought from Judah? I have even heard of thee that the spirit of
+the gods is in thee, and that light and understanding and excellence are found
+in thee. And now the wise men, the astrologers, have been brought in before me,
+that they should read this writing and make known unto me the interpretation
+thereof; but they could not show the interpretation of the thing. Now, if thou
+canst read the writing and make known to me the interpretation thereof, thou
+shalt be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about thy neck, and
+shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Daniel answered and said before the king:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let thy gifts be to thyself, and give thy rewards to another. Yet I will read
+the writing to the king, and make known unto him the interpretation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O thou king! the Most High God gave Nebuchadnezzar a kingdom, and majesty, and
+glory, and honor. All people, nations and languages trembled and feared before
+him. Whom he would he slew, and whom he would he kept alive; whom he would he
+set up, and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and
+his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne and his glory
+was taken from him; and he was driven from the sons of men, and his heart was
+made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses. They fed him
+with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till he knew
+that the Most High God ruleth in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth
+over it whomsoever he will. And thou, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thy heart,
+though thou knewest all this, but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of
+heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou
+and thy lords, thy wives and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou
+hast praised the gods of silver and gold, of brass, iron, wood and stone, which
+see not, nor bear, nor know; and the God in whose hand thy breath is, thou hast
+not glorified.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is the interpretation of the thing. M<small>ENE</small>—God hath numbered
+thy kingdom and finished it; T<small>EKEL</small>—thou art weighed in the
+balances and found wanting; P<small>ERES</small>—thy kingdom is divided and
+given to the Medes and Persians.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then commanded Belshazzar, and they clothed Daniel with scarlet, and put a
+chain of gold about his neck, and made a proclamation concerning him, that he
+should be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+As soon as Cyrus saw that the ditches, which they had long worked upon, were
+finished, he began to plan for the execution of his vast design, which as yet
+he had communicated to no one. He was informed that, in the city, on a certain
+day, a great festival was to be celebrated, and that the Babylonians, on
+occasions of that solemnity, were accustomed to pass the whole night in
+drunkenness and debauchery. Of this impious feast we have already spoken. Thus
+Providence furnished him with as fit an opportunity as he could desire. He
+therefore posted a part of his troops on that side where the river entered the
+city, and another part on that side where it went out, and commanded them to
+enter the city that very night by marching along the channel of the river as
+soon as ever they found it fordable. Having given all necessary orders, he
+exhorted his officers to follow him—that he was under the direction of the
+gods. In the evening he gave orders to open the great receptacles, or ditches,
+on both sides of the town, above and below, that the waters of the rivers might
+run into them. By this means the Euphrates was quickly emptied and its channel
+became dry. Then the two bodies of troops, according to their orders, went into
+the channels, the one commanded by Gobryas and the other by Gadates, and
+advanced toward each other without meeting any impediment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus did these two bodies of troops penetrate into the very heart of the city
+without opposition. According to agreement, they met together at the royal
+palace, surprised the guard, and slew them. The company, hearing the tumult
+without, opened the door. The Persian soldiers rushed in. They were met by the
+king with his sword in hand. He was slain, and hundreds of his drunken
+associates shared the same fate. Thus terminated the great banquet of
+Belshazzar, where the God of heaven was wickedly blasphemed; and thus
+terminated the Babylonian empire, after a duration of two hundred and ten years
+from the first of Nabonassar’s reign, who was the founder thereof.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap23"></a>CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Immediately after the taking of Babylon, Cyrus ordered a day of public
+thanksgiving to the gods, for their wonderful favors and their kind
+interposition; and then, having assembled his principal officers, he publicly
+applauded their courage and prudence, their zeal and attachment to his person,
+and distributed rewards to his whole army. He also reviewed his forces, which
+were in a spirited condition. He found they consisted of 120,000 horse, 2,000
+chariots armed with scythes, and 600,000 foot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Cyrus judged he had sufficiently regulated his affairs at Babylon, he
+thought proper to take a journey into Persia. On his way thither he went
+through Media, to visit Darius, to whom he carried many presents, telling him
+at the same time that he would find a noble palace at Babylon ready prepared
+for him whenever he should please to go thither. After a brief stay in Persia,
+he returned to Babylon, accompanied by his uncle, where they counseled together
+a scheme of government for the whole empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fame of Daniel, as one who had served under so many kings in Babylon, and
+also as one to whom the gods had imparted a miraculous degree of wisdom, was
+spread throughout the city and provinces of Babylon; and, since his appearance
+before the king as the interpreter of the mysterious handwriting on the night
+of the fatal banquet, his name was held in great reverence by all the
+dignitaries of that city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a magnificent apartment of the king’s palace in the conquered city of
+Babylon, sat together, in earnest conversation, Darius the Mede, and Cyrus the
+hero of Persia.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou well sayest that he is neither a Mede nor a Persian,” said Cyrus,
+“neither is he a Chaldean. He was brought from the land of Judah, a captive,
+about the commencement of Nebuchadnezzar’s reign. From what I can learn of his
+history, he was soon placed under tutors, and outstripped all his companions
+and became a great favorite of the, king. He was soon elevated to posts of
+honor, and, with the exception of short intervals, he has been the first
+officer in the kingdom for more than threescore years. He receives wonderful
+revelations from the gods, and the fall of Babylon came to pass according to
+his predictions. Now, uncle, to me it appears far more important to secure the
+services of an individual, be he even a foreigner, whose head is filled with
+wisdom and his heart with charity, than to place far inferior personages to
+fill important offices because they are Medes or Persians. We have many wise
+men among us, but among this people, whose manners and customs are so different
+from our own, I fear we have none that can rule with that profound wisdom which
+has always marked the course of this Hebrew sage. I consider him by far the
+safest man to appoint as the chief president.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In this most surely the illustrious son of my brother shall be gratified,”
+replied the Mede. “But why may we not have a short interview with this
+wonderful man, who appears to have more the attributes of a god than a mortal?
+Wouldst thou not be pleased to see him?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well pleased.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I shall send for him without delay.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A messenger was, therefore, hurried to the house of the ex-Prime Minister of
+the Babylonian empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Hebrew soon made his appearance, and such was the calm dignity of his
+bearing, as he slowly walked into the presence of his superiors, that both the
+Mede and the Persian unconsciously found themselves on their feet to receive
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our distinguished friend has readily complied with our request,” said the
+Persian, beckoning Daniel to a seat on his right.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Throughout the days of my pilgrimage it has been my great pleasure to render
+strict obedience to the will of my superiors in all things consistent with the
+law of my God.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then thou considerest the law of thy God as having stronger claims on thy
+obedience than the laws of thy king?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The law of Jehovah is supreme! By that law my life has been shaped; and now,
+at its close, it is surely my joy and consolation.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Precious sentiments from a noble Hebrew!” cried Cyrus, with feeling. “And how
+long hast thou been a resident of Babylon?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Threescore and six years have passed away since thy servant bade adieu to his
+native hills in the land of Judah, and came to this great city of Babylon. The
+companions of my early days have mostly passed away, and soon thy servant shall
+follow them.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trust that such a life shall be precious in the sight of the gods for many
+years to come. Such is thy deep experience in the affairs of state, that we
+have purposed in our hearts to appoint thee first president of the provinces.
+Is Belteshazzar willing to serve the king in this capacity, and shed honor upon
+the joint reign of the Medes and Persians?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My life, for the short period I may tarry among mortals, if ye consider me
+worthy, will be consecrated to your service.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then, O Belteshazzar,” answered Darius, “thou art, by our united power and
+authority, appointed chief of the presidents. May the gods be thy support!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon after his appointment, Daniel, in humble reverence, left the presence of
+the royal dignitaries, and slowly directed his footsteps towards his own
+mansion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The praises of this man have not yet reached his real merits, Cyrus,” said
+Darius. “Thou well sayest. There is a striking peculiarity in all his movements
+that convinces the beholder that he is one among ten thousand.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy stay in Babylon must be of short duration. Thou art soon off to the wars.
+I also must soon return to Media; therefore, this appointing of the presidents
+must be attended to without delay. On thee, I pray, let this business rest; and
+whomsoever, in thy wisdom, thou shalt appoint, be assured the appointment will
+receive my cordial approbation.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In this I will strive to do the will of my kind uncle. I will call together my
+council, and the thing shall soon be accomplished.”
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+In the mansion of one of the presidents, in a delightful part of the city of
+Babylon, sat together two men in deep and earnest conversation. One of these,
+whose name was Kinggron, was the owner of the superb mansion. The other, whose
+name was Fraggood, was his fellow president, under Daniel. On some point of
+great moment they appeared to be well agreed; while envy, mingled with anger,
+rested on each countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The king will soon be again in Babylon,” said Kinggron, “and there is no time
+to be lost. Whatever measure we resort to in order to replace this old Hebrew,
+whose eye is upon us continually, must be attended to without delay, for the
+king’s stay among us will be of short duration.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“As soon as our companions come, I trust we shall be able to contrive some
+measure that will remove this ever-watchful old Israelite far out of our way.
+Does it not ill become the wisdom of Cyrus the Persian to place over our heads
+this exacting old stranger, who is neither a Persian, Mede, nor even a
+Chaldean, but a <i>Hebrew</i>, brought to the country as a captive of war—and
+behold, surely he stands next to the king! One year has gone. We have borne our
+grief in painful silence. The time for action has arrived—he <i>must</i> be
+removed. Our combined wisdom must be brought to bear on this one point, and no
+rest must we find until it is fully accomplished.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The door opened and four persons silently walked into the apartment. They were
+of middle age, and appeared to be on familiar terms with the two presidents.
+They were all Medes, and appeared to be princes of the provinces, and it was
+very soon evident that with the two superior officers they were favorites.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let it be well understood,” said Kinggron, “that this Daniel is greatly in the
+favor of Cyrus; and, moreover, that he stands high in the estimation of the
+king. Of Cyrus we have no present fear, seeing he is out in the wars. This is
+well, for before <i>him</i> we would not dare to complain. The king is in
+possession of far less power of discernment than he, and with him, I trust, we
+must be successful.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But,” answered Bimbokrak, “we must have some cause—something specific to offer
+as a ground of complaint against him before the king, or the movement will
+utterly fail, and prove disastrous to ourselves.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art right, my good friend,” answered the president, “perfectly right.
+There must be a ground of complaint, and I trust we shall be able to find it.
+We <i>must</i> find it!”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap25"></a>CHAPTER XXV.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Again the great city of Babylon was all excitement, and expectation was raised
+to its highest pitch. The long-expected day had arrived, and the grand entry of
+Darius the Mede was momentarily expected by an enthusiastic and curious throng.
+By the Babylonians generally, their new king was regarded in a favorable light.
+Such had been the profligacy and tyranny of their late kings, that any change
+was hailed with gratitude; and, moreover, the mildness of Darius toward them on
+a previous visitation, when accompanied by Cyrus the Persian, had won their
+regard and affection. Thousands of the people had gone without the walls to
+meet him, and tens of thousands were seen thronging the public grounds in the
+vicinity of the royal palaces. At last the monarch’s triumphal train appeared
+in the distance, the shining spears and bright armor of his guard glittering in
+the clear sunbeams. Nearer and nearer they approached, and entered the city;
+and, amid enthusiastic shouts, the monarch was escorted to the royal palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Darius the Mede was far from being a man of stern moral worth and true decision
+of character. He was rather weak in mind and easily flattered. Nevertheless he
+was a man of tender feelings, and cruelty was no part of his nature. He was
+greatly elated with the warm reception he had received at the hands of the
+Babylonians, and now or never was the time for the foul conspirators to try
+their power with the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two presidents, accompanied by the four princes, soon made their appearance
+in the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Welcome into the presence of your sovereign!” said the king in a pleasant
+mood. “Let the full desires of your hearts be made known to the king, and with
+pleasure he will grant your every wish.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” replied President Fraggood. “Thou art a mighty ruler.
+Thy dominions are unbounded. Thy rich possessions are found in every clime. The
+name of Darius falls on the ears of the kings of the earth, and they tremble.
+In thy wisdom thou hast set over the provinces of Babylon an hundred and twenty
+princes, and over these thou hast set three presidents, the first of whom is
+Daniel, a man mighty in wisdom and understanding. Now, O king, thou knowest
+that these provinces are united, and may the gods forbid that anything should
+ever transpire to dissolve this glorious union. Thy servants have some reason
+to fear that among some of the inhabitants of these <i>northern</i> provinces
+there is a disposition to think that the commands of the king are not absolute,
+and that in certain cases they may be disregarded. Far be it from us to think
+that this feeling prevails to any serious extent. We are happy to know that, in
+all the <i>southern</i> provinces, they are abundantly loyal; and, indeed, in
+the northern provinces this rebellious and dangerous disposition is confined to
+a few mischievous fanatics; but it is a poisonous plant, O king, that must be
+destroyed in the bud. If such looseness is permitted to go unpunished, how long
+will it be before our beloved union is shivered to ruined fragments? We have
+had this subject under our most serious consideration. We have thought over it
+with throbbing hearts. Some measure must be resorted to that will impress the
+inhabitants with the matchless greatness of our king, and convince them that,
+when he commands, he intends to be obeyed. Therefore, O king, with nothing but
+the good of the nation at heart, thy servants the three presidents, with all
+the princes, have enacted this law, and it is now presented to thee for thy
+royal signature and seal:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“‘It is hereby enacted, <i>for the safety of the Union:</i> Let no person offer
+any prayer or petition to any god or man, except the king, for the space of
+thirty days; and whosoever shall violate this decree shall be taken and thrown
+into the den of lions.<br/>
+    “‘Given under my hand, at the city of Babylon, on this twelfth day of the
+ninth month, and sealed with the seal of the Medes and Persians, which changeth
+not.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In this, surely, there is nothing unreasonable,” said the easily flattered
+king. “My wise presidents and faithful princes could never propose and advocate
+a measure that was not highly beneficial in its results. That which has any
+tendency to weaken the glorious bond of our union must be put down, and the
+safety of the united provinces must be placed on an immovable basis. If, in
+your superior wisdom, ye have judged that this law is called for, may the gods
+forbid that I should refuse to give it countenance.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The measure shall be hailed with universal joy, O king, among all thy loyal
+subjects, and let those who dare disobey suffer the consequence! From this day
+the name of Darius the Mede shall be a terror to every evil doer, and all his
+enemies shall be put to shame.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let the king have the writing.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The writing was delivered over to the monarch by a hand that trembled with
+excitement.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is surely a peculiar enactment,” said the king, as he took the pen in his
+hand. “I fail to see its strong points, but at this stage of my reign I am not
+prepared to oppose a measure that is the offspring of the combined wisdom of
+the realm. If my Persian nephew were present, I would deem it advisable to have
+his opinion; but, as he is out in the wars, I cannot avail myself of that.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So the king’s name was given to the fatal parchment; and, moreover, it was
+sealed with the seal of the Medes and Persians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The thing is done,” said Darius. “Is there anything more that ye wish to
+communicate to the king?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy goodness is ever abundant, O king,” answered Fraggood. “This is all that
+we have to present this day. Will the king accept our united gratitude for the
+kind manner in which we have been received into the presence of the mightiest
+monarch that ever swayed a scepter? Long live our matchless king! We shall no
+longer trespass on thy time. We return to our respective stations, to carry out
+the pleasure of our king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The conspirators, with bounding hearts, made their way in haste and entered the
+house of President Fraggood, and there gave vent to the fiendish joy of their
+malicious hearts at the success of their nefarious scheme.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now we must be on the watch,” said Kinggron, “or he will, after all, escape.
+Let three of our number be appointed, and let them be called ‘The Union Safety
+Committee,’ whose business it shall be to mark well the movements of the old
+Hebrew, and prepare, for all emergencies, ready answers for the ears of the
+king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou hast well thought,” answered Fraggood, “for I apprehend that as yet we
+are not quite out of danger. I fear this measure will be repulsive to the king,
+when he thinketh of it in all its parts; and more repulsive still, when he
+finds the first transgressor to be none other than the first president. Let us
+be prepared for the mighty contest! This is a movement that will justify
+desperate measures. Things must be resorted to that, in other matters, would be
+justly condemned. The object in view must justify our every step. Our words
+have gone forth to the king that this law is the fruit of the calm
+deliberations of <i>all</i> the presidents. Now, in regard to the future of
+this matter, there must be no cowardly apologies, no lame explanations, no
+faltering embarrassment, nor weak equivocation. Let us still unitedly adhere to
+every statement that we have made. And shall the testimony of one be strong
+enough to impeach the testimony of six men? Nay, verily! Let us, therefore, be
+firm, and we shall not only succeed in condemning the old Israelite, but also
+prove him a liar. Are we now ready to swear solemnly, in the presence of the
+gods, that our testimonies, if called before the king, shall say that this
+Daniel was concerned in framing this law?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All ready, most noble Fraggood!” was the united reply.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then we swear!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next day, by order of the presidents, the streets of Babylon rang with the
+proclamation of the new law. Heralds were sent to and fro, who, at the top of
+their voices, sounded the peculiar edict throughout every thoroughfare. At
+first it was thought by many to be a mischievous hoax, but it was soon found to
+be stern reality. Nothing could exceed the astonishment and consternation
+produced among the inhabitants when they first heard it; it was so unlike
+anything they could expect from the mild Mede. Not only among the Hebrews, who
+were numerous in the city, was this singular law looked upon as monstrous in
+its nature, but also by the great body of Chaldeans, many of whom were warmly
+attached to the worship of their gods. The shortness of the period in which it
+was to be enforced, however, served to quiet them in a manner. Thirty days
+would soon be over, and then they would closely watch the future movements of
+their new king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “Union Safety Committee” acted well their part. Daniel, perfectly
+acquainted with all their movements, gave himself no uneasiness. With full
+confidence in his God, he rolled his burden upon Jehovah, and felt the perfect
+assurance that all would be well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To Fraggood and Kinggron the devotional hours of the first president were well
+known; and at such hour it was necessary that they should, under some pretense,
+find their way into his worshiping chamber. To find such an excuse was but the
+work of a moment to those so expert in mischievous plots as the two presidents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, when the loud voices of the
+heralds proclaiming the peculiar enactment fell on his ears, he laid by his
+parchment, closed his eyes for a moment in silent devotion, then rose and
+calmly entered that little chamber, where he had so often, for so many years,
+bowed before the God of his fathers. There he had sat for many hours in silent
+meditation on the length of Judah’s captivity, and cried, “How long, O Lord,
+how long!” A dear spot to the man of God that little chamber had been for many
+a long year.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“From the days of my childhood I have prayed to the God of my fathers,”
+soliloquized Daniel. “I well remember when, by the side of my mother, while I
+was yet but a little child, I bowed the knee in humble adoration of my God.
+From that day to this, throughout my long, weary pilgrimage, I have always
+prayed and offered my petitions to the Most High. And am I now to be frightened
+in my old age from the worship of my God through the fear of the lions? Is this
+the strength of Daniel’s faith? I laugh to scorn their blasphemous law!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Soon after Daniel had left for his devotional exercises, the members of the
+“Union Safety Committee” (Fraggood, Bimbokrak and Scramgee) were seen on their
+way from the house of Kinggron, moving in the direction of the house of the
+first president.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If we find him in prayer before his God,” said Fraggood, “we shall not be
+called upon to offer any excuse for our calling. We will ask forgiveness for
+the intrusion and retire. But if we find him otherwise, our object seems
+reasonable indeed.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“May the gods grant that we need not speak of our object,” said Bimbokrak.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By this time the “committee” had arrived at the door of the mansion. Fraggood
+led the way into the office; but the first president was not there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hark ye!” whispered Fraggood. “Hark!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is the voice of prayer!” said Bimbokrak.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Silently! Silently!” answered Scramgee, “or he will surely hear us.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Follow me!” said the president. “Tread lightly!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “committee,” with beating hearts and light footsteps, sought the chamber
+whence came the sound of prayer. They soon found the spot; the door was open,
+and the man of God, on his bended knees, was engaged in solemn devotion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They gazed upon him for a moment; he saw them not, for his countenance was
+turned in another direction. Fraggood did not wish to return without
+acquainting Daniel of his presence, but still he wished to escape an interview.
+Therefore, in a voice that the first president would surely hear, he said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We beg pardon for this intrusion. Let us not disturb our most excellent friend
+whilst he <i>makes his petitions</i> to his God.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Hebrew prophet gently turned his head, but he saw only the receding forms
+of the members of the “committee” as they hastened to the street below, and so
+he continued his supplications to the God of his fathers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “Union Safety” men were soon back again at the house of President Kinggron,
+and great was the demonstration of joy at the promised success of their
+malignant plot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next morning witnessed again the guilty form of the leading conspirator,
+with his two accomplices, on the way towards the king’s palace. They were
+admitted, and were soon in the presence of their king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what good thing do the presidents desire of the king?” asked Darius, in
+rather a surly mood, for, the more he thought of their new statute, the more
+repulsive it appeared in his sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” replied Fraggood, with a deceitful smile on his
+countenance. “Hast thou not signed a decree that every man that asketh a
+petition of any god or man for thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast
+into the den of lions?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The thing is true,” answered the king, “according to the laws of the Medes and
+Persians, which altereth not.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then it is made our painful duty to inform thee that Daniel, which is of the
+children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree
+that thou has signed; but maketh his petition three times a day.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>Daniel!</i>” replied the king. “I know of no Daniel but my worthy first
+president, whom ye say assisted in making this law.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This same Daniel, O king, thy first president, is the guilty one!” answered
+Fraggood. “After having exerted his influence with thy servants to make the
+law, he is now the first of all to transgress. In this he hath but sought an
+opportunity to show thee, O king, how utterly he disregardeth all thy wise
+commandments.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What!” said the king, suddenly rising to his feet. “<i>Daniel</i>, the first
+president in the kingdom? <i>Daniel</i>, noted for his wisdom and prudence?
+Impossible! Ye have been wrongly informed! Beware how ye thus accuse the best
+man in Babylon!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servants wonder not at thy astonishment, O king! If we had not been
+eye-witnesses to the thing, we could have in no wise believed it; but the eyes
+and ears of thy servants are witnesses against him. He offers his petitions,
+and tramples upon the authority of our king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>His petitions!</i>” cried the excited king. “And to whom does he offer his
+petitions?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He daily offers his petitions to his God, O king!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>His God!</i> Wise man! Who can— But— If— Say ye not that Daniel was
+concerned in making this law?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yea, verily, O king! May the gods forbid that we should utter aught but truth
+in the presence of King Darius!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“To me it seemeth a strange thing that Daniel, the worshiper of the God of
+Israel, should frame a law that bears oppressively on himself and upon
+thousands of his nation within the realm. And it seemeth still more strange to
+the king that he should be the first transgressor! Already have I sorrow of
+heart because I signed the decree; but the thing is done, and my name must go
+down to posterity as the name of a fool. There is a mystery connected with this
+affair that to me, as yet, is inexplicable. If by any means I find that I have
+been wrongly dealt with, by all the gods I swear I will pour vengeance on the
+guilty heads!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If thou wilt permit the four princes to testify, they will say, with thy
+servant, that this Daniel was the chief mover in the formation of this law.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“At present I have no desire to hear from any of the princes. But to think of
+casting <i>Daniel</i> into the den of lions is mournful beyond description—it
+must not be done!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“So say we all, O king, when we consult our feelings; but the decree is signed
+according to the law of the Medes and Persians, and cannot be altered. The
+honor of the king depends upon the faithful execution of all his laws; and if
+in this one point thou failest and let the guilty one escape, thy subjects will
+laugh at thy timidity, and lawlessness will prevail throughout our borders.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Of this we may speak hereafter. I must see the first president and learn more
+of this matter ere I take another step in this unhappy affair.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the departure of the conspirators, the king immediately sent for Daniel, and
+soon the Hebrew prophet stood in the presence of Darius the Mede. On his
+countenance rested that same calm smile. The king gazed upon him for a moment,
+and could not but notice the contrast between the serene, noble countenance of
+the Hebrew prophet, and the uneasy, agitated visage of President Fraggood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou standest before the king, O Daniel, accused as an evil doer! What sayest
+thou for thyself?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What is the nature of thy servant’s offense, O king?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art accused of violating a law, chiefly of thine own making, by offering
+thy petitions to thy God. To the king it seemeth strange indeed that he who was
+the first mover in the formation of a new law, should be the first one to
+transgress it. What meaneth all this?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I readily perceive by the words of thy mouth, O king, that thou hast been
+greatly deceived in this matter. Thy servant had nothing to do in forming a law
+whose every feature is repulsive to his soul and an insult to the God he
+worshipeth. This law came from the enemies of thy servant, for the purpose of
+his overthrow. Having failed in every other point, with malicious hearts they
+have brought forward this measure, knowing well that I could never yield it my
+obedience. With lying tongues have they declared before thee that it received
+my approbation. It is true, O king, that I have violated thy law; and,
+moreover, I must do so hereafter. For fourscore years has thy servant offered
+his prayers to the God of his fathers. When a little lad in the land of Judah,
+I was taught by a beloved mother to lisp the name of Jehovah. From that time to
+this, O king, at morning, noon and eventide, thy servant has prayed to his God.
+And is Daniel to be frightened from his duty now in his old age? Nay, O king!
+My prayers must daily ascend to the throne of the Most High! Sooner would I
+suffer a thousand deaths than prove a traitor to the God of Israel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king was deeply moved by the words of the aged Hebrew, and continued for
+some time in deep silence. At last he rose to his feet, and, with a voice
+trembling with anger, exclaimed:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By the gods! If these presidents have come before me with lying words, I will
+cut them in pieces, and leave them neither root nor branch! Daniel, if thou
+sayest, I will have them arrested and destroyed! This very hour the word shall
+go forth!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nay, O king! Listen to the counsel of thine aged servant. This hasty movement
+would not be well received among thy subjects. The decree has gone forth. I
+pray thee let the law have its course, but be assured, O king, that not a hair
+of thy servant’s head shall be injured. The God that I serve and in whom I
+trust, shall deliver me from every danger, and no weapon formed against me
+shall prosper. Hereafter do with mine enemies as thou seest fit. Be assured, O
+king, that my life is as secure among the lions as in the presence of my kind
+sovereign! The same God that preserved my cousins alive in the midst of a
+burning, fiery furnace, can easily shut the mouths of the lions, and make them
+as harmless as the little lambs of the flock.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here the king was melted into tears; and, so deeply was he affected, that for a
+long time he was unable to speak. At last, in a low key, he spoke:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O Daniel, this thing must never come to pass! May the gods forbid that I
+should endanger the life of my servant! But the writing is signed! My heart is
+sad! My soul is sick!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let not the king be sore troubled on account of his servant,” said Daniel.
+“The God of heaven shall certainly overrule this matter to his own glory.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou mayest return, Daniel,” said the king. “I know not what to do. I fear I
+have been greatly deceived.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The word of thy servant, in a case like this, is not sufficient to gainsay the
+testimony of six witnesses. When the proper hour arrives, the king shall learn
+from other lips than mine the deep iniquity of these foul conspirators. Adieu,
+O king! Let Jehovah use his own measures for the vindication of his own law!”
+And the first president left the royal presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On that night Darius the Mede laid his head on his pillow with the full purpose
+of delivering Daniel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early on the morrow, the “Union Safety Committee,” accompanied by the other
+three, made their way into the presence of the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ye are punctual!” said the king, with a meaning glance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We take unbounded pleasure in obeying all the requirements of our king,” said
+Fraggood, “and may the gods curse all those that are disobedient!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Since ye left my presence yesterday, I have had an interview with the first
+president, and from his venerable lips I learn that he had no voice in the
+formation of this law that ye say he hath violated.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is as thy servant expected, O king!” answered Kinggron. “What
+transgressor do we ever find that will not strive to hide his guilt?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Daniel strives <i>not</i> to hide his guilt,” replied the king in a firm tone.
+“He freely acknowledges that he violated the law, and moreover he assures me
+that he will continue to violate it three times every day. Thus ye perceive
+that the first president wishes not to hide his guilt, nor even to escape the
+punishment. But with all the weight of reason, consistency and humanity on his
+side, he pronounces the law at war with all goodness, and denies having had any
+part in bringing it into existence. Now, with all due respect to your
+testimonies, which, in point of law, must outweigh the declaration of one man,
+I freely acknowledge to you, my presidents and princes, that it is my firm
+conviction that ye are a band of unprincipled liars, fully bent on the
+destruction of this Daniel!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this plain, royal truth, the “Union Safety Committee” turned pale, and the
+other three appeared to be similarly affected. But Fraggood, recovering his
+self-possession, hastened to the rescue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then my lord the king had rather believe a man that defies his power by
+boasting his determination to violate the king’s decree at least three times a
+day, than his faithful servants who honor his laws, and who desire to bring the
+guilty to punishment. Let not the king be deceived by the smooth tongue of this
+intriguing old Israelite, who can by the eloquence of his lips give to truth
+the color of falsehood, and to deception the appearance of sincerity. Thy
+servants now in the presence of the king are ready to prove all the
+declarations of thy servants who testified in thy presence yesterday. But what
+would avail their testimony in the ears of Darius? But, O king, remember that
+thy decree hath gone forth, and it cannot be recalled. And, moreover, it is
+well understood in Babylon that Daniel sets thy power at defiance, and thy
+decision in this matter is watched for by tens of thousands; and if this Daniel
+escapes the punishment of the law, we may as well burn up our statute books and
+give absolute liberty to every ruffian and desperado. Law and order will be at
+an end, the union of the provinces will be forever dissolved, and confusion and
+desolation shall follow. The question now to be settled is not, ‘How came this
+law to be enacted?’ but, seeing that it is enacted, is there power enough in
+the king of the Medes and Persians to put it in force; and, if there is, will
+he do it? Or does he wish us to retire from his presence and send forth heralds
+through the streets of Babylon to inform the people that the decree enacted a
+few days ago, and signed according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which
+changeth not, is abolished? Shall it be told in the streets of this proud city
+that Darius the Mede has so quickly changed his mind and is sorry for what he
+hath done, because one of his favorites has violated the law? Thou saidst
+yesterday that thy name would go down to posterity as the name of a fool. The
+king was far from being believed by thy servant then, but, if thou persistest
+in this determination of letting the guilty escape, I know not but thou wilt
+cause to be brought about the fulfillment of thine own prophecy?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Long and severe was this interview between the king and the conspirators, and
+all the weight of their ingenuity was brought to bear on his mind. It failed to
+convince him that Daniel’s words were false; yet, partly from a false view of
+consistency, and partly from the advice of the first president, he gave his
+signature to the death warrant of the old Israelite.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap26"></a>CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>
+
+<p>
+The news of the condemnation of the Hebrew prophet soon spread through all
+Babylon, and the hour of his execution was well known. It was the great theme
+of conversation among high and low, rich and poor, and there were but few who
+were not horrified at the awful doom of the man of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No man in Babylon was better known or more universally beloved than the old
+prime minister of Nebuchadnezzar. His long residence in the city had rendered
+his name familiar to the populace, and a vast number held him in respect
+bordering on veneration. His mild and friendly deportment whenever brought into
+the society of the common people, had won their affection. The poor and the
+needy had ever found relief at his door. The little children even claimed the
+aged prophet as their friend. He found it not beneath the dignity of his
+station to speak to them in the street, put his hand on their heads, and say,
+“May Jehovah bless my little children!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the vicinity of the first president’s mansion were seen numerous groups of
+persons engaged in low conversation, while deep sorrow was visible on every
+countenance. These gatherings gradually swelled to one solid mass of human
+beings. The doors of the president’s house were closed, and thick curtains’
+were drawn across the lattices, and no one as yet appeared to enter those
+portals. Presently the throng was in commotion, several chariots halted before
+the door, and a number of government officials alighted, and, with slow steps,
+and solemn countenances, they ascended the steps, entered, and closed the door.
+A peculiar gathering that! A solemn, sad throng! All conversation had ceased.
+The stillness was broken by the sudden appearance of several platoons of
+soldiers, who took their stand and formed a square in front of the mansion. The
+door at last opened, and two uniformed officers appeared side by side, and
+slowly marched out. Next appeared the sheriff, with the prisoner leaning on his
+arm. On the broad platform he waited for a moment, evidently to permit some of
+his near friends to embrace him before they parted. Thick and fast they
+gathered around the aged saint, with loud weeping and lamentation; but soon
+their cries were drowned amid the louder lamentations of the throng. Last of
+all there approached the man of God two aged women, on whose countenances Time
+had tried in vain to erase marks of loveliness and beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With a smile, one of the twain took the hand of the prophet, and gently said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“May Jehovah grant a happy night to his servant among the lions, and on the
+morrow may we have a joyful meeting.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“God bless thee, dear Perreeza!” said the man of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other one now approached, and, in a mild voice, said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Daniel, the servant of the living God, is secure in the midst of all his foes.
+He that quenched the violence of the fire, shall tame the fury of the lions.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Heaven smile upon the daughter of Barzello!” was the prophet’s answer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The procession was now formed, and soon reached the vicinity of the lions’ den,
+where thousands of the inhabitants had assembled to take the last lingering
+look at their aged fellow-citizen. There also was the king himself, with a
+number of his most intimate nobles. The soldiers moved forward, and a clear
+space was prepared in front of the platform on which the king and his friends
+stood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The countenance of the monarch was pale, and his whole appearance gave the
+beholder to understand that he was one of the unhappiest of mortals. The
+conspirators were not permitted to occupy the platform with him, but were
+commanded to stand together on his left.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the prisoner arrived, he gently bowed and saluted the king, which
+salutation was answered only by falling tears. The throng, witnessing the
+emotion of the king, gave vent to their grief, and one loud wail ascended.
+Then, indeed, did those conspirators tremble! Then did they really learn the
+deep hold their victim had on the popular mind. Again the agitation was
+partially quieted, when the loud roaring of lions within made the earth
+tremble. The awful moment was drawing nigh! Daniel ascended some steps near by,
+and having had permission from the king, proceeded, in a few words, to address
+the multitude:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Babylonians! with naught of malice in my heart against any man, and with
+perfect good feeling toward the king, I yield myself to the demands of a broken
+law. Here, in the presence of the God of my fathers, whom I worship, and in the
+presence of my king, whom I respect, and in the presence of this throng, whose
+tears flow for my sorrow, and in the presence of these mine accusers, who
+thirst for my blood, I solemnly declare, that as first president in the
+kingdom, I never was consulted in regard to the making of this law, that is
+about to consign your aged servant to the lions. In honor to my king, who now
+laments the sad fate of his unworthy president, let me also testify that in
+order to persuade him to sign a decree which had never entered his heart, the
+most deliberate falsehoods were poured into his ears, by those whose only
+object was the overthrow of Daniel. After more than threescore years of public
+service, I cheerfully submit to my fate, knowing well that Jehovah, the God of
+Israel, in whom I trust, will direct this whole matter to his own glory.
+Hereafter it will be known in Babylon, that it was not the ‘safety of the
+Union’ that demanded the enactment of this cruel law; but that it was conceived
+in envy, and brought forth in malice, and thoughtlessly signed by our king, who
+considered all his presidents to be men of benevolence, wisdom, and
+understanding. For violating this law I ask no forgiveness. Sooner would I
+suffer a thousand deaths than prove a traitor to the religion of my fathers.
+Babylonians, I say no more! Accept my thanks for your tears! May Jehovah
+continue to grant you great prosperity, when your friend Daniel shall have
+passed away.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then turning to those whose painful duty it was to lead him to the den, he
+said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now I am ready.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The executioners, with trembling hands, laid hold of the aged prisoner, and led
+him to the door of the den. Again there was an awful roaring of lions. As he
+passed the king on his way to the den, the monarch cried out:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy God, whom thou servest continually, he will surely deliver thee!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The prisoner was seized with strong hands and elevated over the inner walls,
+and by means of strong cords was lowered to the bottom of the den, where the
+ravenous lions held their nightly revels. The executioners, as if afraid to
+hear the prisoner’s dying shrieks, hastened away. The throng soon dispersed in
+sorrowful silence. The king, in deep agony of mind, entered his chariot, and
+was driven to the palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How sad was that night for royalty! Filled with remorse for having signed the
+fatal decree, and knowing not how to retrace his steps or to retrieve the
+effects of his rash act, the king passed the hours in agony. With a heavy heart
+and a throbbing brow, he paced the length of his royal bedchamber, and thus did
+he converse with himself:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How he justified the king, almost with his dying breath! Ah! but I justify not
+myself. Why did I sign that silly and cruel decree, by which the prime jewel of
+my kingdom is lost? Why did I not consider the thing well, and consult the
+first president? Alas! it is now too late. The deed is done, and there is no
+remedy! How the multitude sympathized with the noble prisoner! How copious
+their tears and how audible their sobs! How beloved in the estimation of the
+populace was that aged Daniel! What think they by this time of <i>my</i>
+prudence and wisdom? Have I not lost in this the estimation of my people? Will
+his God, indeed, deliver him? Is he not already torn by the lions? How cruel a
+fate for so worthy a man! But if Daniel <i>is</i> spared, no thanks to me! Will
+not this people inwardly curse me, and wish me out of their borders? What poor
+returns to <i>them</i>, for the grand reception they gave <i>me!</i> What will
+my nephew, Cyrus, think of my sagacity and power of discernment!”
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+Let us for a while leave the unfortunate Mede, and take a view of the hero of
+the lions’ den.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Daniel was thrust among the lions, the sun was yet one hour above the
+western horizon, and the light from the top of the den, made the interior
+comparatively light. When he found himself at the bottom, for a minute he
+walked to and fro, then fell on his knees, and began to pour his prayers into
+the ears of the God of his fathers. The lions, quite unaccustomed to such a
+sight, looked on for a while in silent wonder. Then they ran together to the
+other end of the den, where the old lion of all—the “lord of the manor”—and his
+aged companion, the old lioness, the mistress of the “establishment,” were,
+heedless of the youthful pranks and occasional quarrels of their offspring,
+enjoying a good, comfortable sleep. A loud roar from one of the youngsters,
+which was answered by another louder roar from his companion, aroused the
+energies of the old couple. They uttered an ill-natured growl, very much on the
+same principle that anyone else would on being unnecessarily disturbed in the
+midst of a nap. Perhaps the growl was equivalent to, “Children, you are very
+rude. Make less noise, or I shall attend to you!” This reproof (if reproof it
+was) did not seem in the least to frighten the young lions. One of them, the
+one that roared the loudest, put his head close to that of his sire, and if he
+said anything, it was in so low a whisper that it could not be heard at any
+distance. From what immediately followed, one might think the young chap said
+something in this fashion:
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img7.jpg" width="465" height="618" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">For a moment he walked to and fro
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+“Get up quickly! Come to the other end of the den, and there you will see a
+sight that you never saw before in all your days. There is another victim; but
+he has no more the appearance of <i>common</i> victims than thou hast. I know
+by his eye he has no fear of the lions. Why, think! as soon as he came to the
+bottom of the den, he walked to and fro among us as deliberately as my brother
+here, or myself, would walk among our companions.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the whispering was over (if whispering it was), the old lion uttered
+another growl, as much as to say, “That sounds to me rather improbable, but I
+guess I will go and see for myself.” The old lion led the way. Close by his
+heels followed the lioness. Next in order followed the rest of the family. They
+soon arrived at the spot, and sure enough, it was as the young lion had
+declared. The old lion paused for a moment, but he soon made up his mind that
+there was nothing to fear. So he slowly approached. He paused again. Daniel
+reached out his hand and spoke. The lion fancied the peculiarity of that voice;
+so with eyes half closed he slowly walked up to the man, and with the innocence
+and harmlessness of a young spaniel, he licked the hand of the prophet. After
+having partially conquered his embarrassment, he uttered another low growl, and
+looked toward the rest of the company, as much as to say, “Come this way! Don’t
+be afraid.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They slowly and silently gathered around the strange visitor, and each one
+appeared to be pleased to be permitted to come in contact with his person in
+some way. And when the darkness of night gathered around them, the old lion
+answered for Daniel’s pillow, the lioness lay at his feet, and the young lions
+stretched themselves on either side, to keep him warm; and soon the Prophet of
+Jehovah was fast asleep.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+If ever a sleepless mortal, wearied with the tediousness of a painful night,
+rejoiced to see the first glimmering dawn of the morn, King Darius did, after
+that dark, dreary period of agony. No sooner was it fairly day than the monarch
+ordered his chariot, and, with a number of his nobles, he was once more on his
+way toward the den of lions. The royal chariot, as it moved through the various
+thoroughfares, attracted the notice of the inhabitants. Its destination was
+understood, and as there was some faint hope in the minds of thousands that the
+God of Daniel would miraculously interfere and save his servant, they had
+accordingly held themselves in readiness to be early at the den. They,
+therefore, with all haste followed in the direction of the royal train. The
+king was greatly astonished to find already there a large number of the
+inhabitants. The movements and excitement of the people had also brought to the
+spot the six conspirators, who were greatly astonished to see the king. The
+monarch, in trembling accents, ordered the stone to be removed from the door of
+the den. The order was quickly obeyed. While every eye rested upon him, the
+king entered and stood inside of the outer door, and cried, in a loud voice:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh, Daniel! is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee
+from the lions?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Oh, the breathless silence of that moment! A thousand hearts throb with deep
+emotion, in painful suspense to learn the result. Hark! A voice clear and firm
+ascends from the depths, and falls on the ears of the multitude:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was enough! Gladsome shouts echoed from a thousand tongues! The joy was
+unbounded. Their sorrow for their old friend was turned into joy, and the name
+of the God of Daniel was praised.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Immediate orders were given to bring the old Hebrew up, and soon he stood in
+the presence of the king and the rejoicing throng.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Daniel, turning to the king, “My God hath sent his angel, and hath
+shut the mouths of the lions, that they have not hurt me; forasmuch as before
+him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no
+hurt.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+An aged man at this moment was seen making his way through the crowd, as if
+endeavoring to find admittance into the presence of the king. His venerable
+appearance served to make for him room.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We meet again, Apgomer!” cried Daniel, in a familiar, friendly voice: and then
+to the king he said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This is my good friend Apgomer, O king, one of the few friends of my early
+days. He hath words to communicate to the king, in the presence of this throng,
+that will give thee to understand clearly that this law was prepared on purpose
+to ensnare thy servant Daniel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let my worthy friends, Fraggood and Kinggron, with their four companions, the
+princes, stand in this direction!” said the king, with an angry expression of
+countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The conspirators, with paleness gathering on their brows, obeyed, and
+tremblingly stood facing the king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Now, O Daniel, thy friend Apgomer may give his testimony before the king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” said Apgomer. “This day thy servant is fourscore and
+ten years old. From the days of my childhood have I dwelt in Babylon; and never
+for any long period have I departed hence. Soon thy servant shall leave this
+world of sorrow—I stand on the verge of the grave. At this time, with deep
+soberness, I appeal to the God that dwelleth in light for the sincerity of my
+purpose in thus appearing before my lord the king. My words will be few,
+therefore, O king, I pray thee hear me patiently.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“These men who now stand before thee and by whose continual importunity thou
+gavest thy signature for the arrest of thy servant Daniel, are wicked and
+deceitful men, and with lying words have they deceived thee, O king. Their
+secret devices are well known to thy servant. With mine own ears have I
+listened to their midnight plotting; and from their own lips have I learned
+their fixed purpose to destroy the innocent without cause, even thy servant
+Daniel. For many months, O king, these cruel men have sought an occasion
+against the first president, and after having failed in every other point, they
+thought at last of this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I heard the plot described at midnight recently while resting in the public
+garden. The conspiracy was led by Fraggood and Kinggron. They were assisted by
+a number of the princes, among whom are Bimbokrak and Scramgee. This foul
+movement has been going on for many a day, but until last week the conspirators
+could not agree on a plan. At last, Prince Scramgee brought forward a scheme,
+which met with the cordial approval of the rest. And who but the chief evil
+spirit of the universe could have put in his heart such a horrible measure? It
+was in effect that a law be enacted that anyone who prayed to the God of Israel
+should be cast into the lions’ den. When I made thy servant Daniel acquainted
+with the plot against his life, his only reply was:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘Let them proceed in their scheme of wickedness. Let it become ripe. The God
+in whom I trust shall vindicate the honor and superiority of his own law. I
+might easily frustrate all their malicious designs by acquainting the king with
+their cowardly plots; but the cause of Jehovah shall gather more strength from
+a miraculous display of his power in the preservation of his servant from harm.
+Forty years ago, idolatry in Chaldea received a blow, from the effects of which
+it has never recovered, in the miraculous deliverance of my three cousins from
+the midst of a burning, fiery furnace. And if a visit to the lions for a few
+hours may cause the name of Jehovah to be feared, I ask for no greater honor.
+No weapon formed against the servant of Jehovah shall prosper. Let not my good
+friend Apgomer be troubled. The life of Daniel is as safe in the lions’ den as
+among his friends at his own home. Therefore let them proceed with their
+malicious measures; let no impediment be thrown in their way. Let them have a
+few days of rejoicing, and their brief nights of merriment. Soon the day of
+retribution shall overtake them; for He that is higher than the highest shall
+surely avenge himself on these workers of iniquity.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Believe not this man, O king!” said the pale and trembling Fraggood, “seeing
+he prepareth lying words before thee.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At this moment a young man, whose countenance denoted some passion, rushed on
+the stage, and, without any apology or ceremony, began to speak:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let not the worthy and aged Apgomer be called a liar! A lie never escaped
+those venerable lips, O king! As soon may the gods lie! Thy servant is the
+doorkeeper of the Garden. I can testify to the existence of a plot to destroy
+Daniel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is enough!” cried the king. “Seize the guilty wretches! Let the cowardly
+liars meet the doom they had prepared for my servant Daniel! Up! and throw them
+to the lions!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No sooner were the words spoken than a score of willing hands seized the forms
+of the conspirators, and, amid the curses of an indignant throng, they were
+thrown to the depth of the den, to meet a far different fate from that of the
+man of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then spoke the king:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I make a decree, that in every dominion of my kingdom, men tremble and fear
+before the God of Daniel: for he is the living God, and steadfast forever, and
+his kingdom is that which shall not be destroyed, and his dominion shall be
+even unto the end. He delivereth and rescueth, and he worketh signs and wonders
+in heaven and on earth, who hath delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“O king, live forever!” cried the well pleased throng.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel was taken into the royal chariot and seated by the side of the king, and
+the royal train moved forward, amid the triumphant shouts of the populace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus fidelity to the God of Israel was abundantly rewarded.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap27"></a>CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>
+
+<p>
+In two years after these occurrences Darius the Mede died; and about the same
+time died also Cambyses, the father of Cyrus, in Persia. Cyrus, therefore,
+returned to Babylon, and took upon himself the government of the empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The history of the lions’ den, with all the intrigues that led to it, made
+Daniel thrice dear to the inhabitants of Babylon. His name commanded reverence
+wherever it was mentioned, He was looked upon as an angel of mercy, goodness,
+and wisdom, sent by the gods to bless the race.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Cyrus, for a long time, had desired the opportunity of a prolonged interview
+with Daniel, of whom he had heard so many wonderful things, both as a minister
+to the king of Babylon and also while administering the affairs of the kingdom
+under the reign of his Median uncle. The Persian was already well versed in
+current history. Of the God of Israel he had heard much of late, and he felt a
+strong inclination to hear more. And of whom could he learn to better advantage
+than of the famous Hebrew prophet? The celebrated Persian, from his infancy,
+had been taught to worship and adore the imaginary gods of his own country; but
+he had always felt doubtful in regard to the existence of these gods; and many
+of the popular theories of Persia, in regard to their various deities, were, to
+him, full of inconsistencies and contradictions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not many days after his arrival in Babylon, the royal chariot was seen to halt
+at the door of Daniel’s residence; and, moreover, the king himself was seen to
+enter.
+</p>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:100%;">
+<img src="images/img1.jpg" width="461" height="616" alt="[Illustration: ]" />
+<p class="caption">The royal chariot halted at the door of Daniel’s residence
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+“Thou wilt pardon this sudden intrusion,” said Cyrus; “I have long desired an
+interview with the president, and for this purpose I have entered his house;
+the king is happy to find that he is not absent.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My lord the king hath greatly honored his unworthy servant by entering under
+his roof,” said the old Hebrew. “This condescension of the great Persian
+conqueror is a favor of such a magnitude that it shall never be forgotten.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let not my aged friend Daniel speak thus,” said the king, in a friendly
+manner. “Call it not condescension in Cyrus to seek the society of one who has
+justly earned the reputation of being the most profound statesman that ever
+moved among mortals. Let the king rather consider himself honored in being
+permitted to listen to thy words of wisdom and understanding.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Humility becometh well the potentates of earth. But yet, O king, thou
+beholdest not the real grandeur of thy mission. Thou knowest not that thou art
+the peculiarly anointed—not of the gods, but of the only God of heaven, the
+Almighty Jehovah, the God of Israel, to pour his wrath upon the nations, and to
+restore the children of Judah to their own land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou hast touched a theme on which, above all others, at this time, the king
+would choose to dwell. Of the gods I have but an imperfect knowledge. Conscious
+am I that under the particular direction of some invisible power I have been
+led forward in all my movements, from my youth up. I was taught to worship the
+gods in my juvenile days; but ever since I arrived at years of thought and
+judgment, my mind has been greatly perplexed by what seemeth to me to be
+glaring inconsistencies in our theory of religion.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Praised be the name of Jehovah, under whose direction thou comest at this time
+to seek knowledge! Happy is thy servant Daniel to know that he is indeed able
+to impart unto the king that which he inquireth after. Jehovah is the only God,
+and the signs which he hath in all ages given of himself, O king, are abundant.
+We hear much of the exploits of the gods of the heathen; but of these
+performances there are no proofs, and they exist only in the imaginations of
+their worshipers. Not so with <i>our</i> God—the God that made the world. The
+history of our nation, which history no one can gainsay, is an assemblage of
+miracles. Examine the records of our historian Moses, who conversed with God
+face to face. Our God brought us out from under the dominion of Pharaoh with a
+strong hand and an outstretched arm. He gave evidence of his presence by the
+infliction of twelve terrible plagues on the king of Egypt and his people. He
+opened before the Hebrews a passage through the sea, and brought them dry-shod
+to the opposite shore. For forty years were they fed with manna from heaven,
+while water was called forth from the flinty rock. And as the waves of the Red
+Sea were parted before them as they left Egypt, so, in like manner, were the
+waters of Jordan parted as they left the plains of Moab; and thus were they
+settled in the land of Canaan. Since that day, nine hundred and fifteen years
+have passed away; and during all this period, Jehovah hath given unto his
+people abundant signs of his presence. Thus our God is not a being that dwells
+only in the imagination of men, but his wonderful acts, O king, are written on
+the pages of correct history.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If these things are so, surely the God of Israel is the only God. But, Daniel,
+thou knowest that it is much harder for Cyrus the Persian to believe these
+things than for thee, who art a native Hebrew, and a firm believer in the God
+thou worshipest. Have not the Persians their histories of their gods as well as
+ye?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They have, O king! But those histories are dark, indefinite, and without date,
+which is a conclusive evidence that they are fiction, and not history. If my
+lord the king hath aught to doubt in regard to the correctness of our
+<i>ancient</i> historians concerning our God, what thinketh he of those
+miraculous displays of Divine power witnessed by his servant and by thousands
+more, during the last threescore years and ten?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Proceed, Daniel; the king is well pleased to hear thee!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Be it known to thee, O king, that all the calamities that of late have
+befallen Babylon have come to pass in perfect accordance with the predictions
+of God’s prophets, some of whom prophesied over two hundred years before these
+events transpired. When thou comparest these prophecies with the actual
+occurrences, there remaineth no longer a place for doubt. Even the draining of
+the Euphrates, O king, was spoken of by the prophet of Jehovah over one hundred
+and fifty years before the wonderful thing was conceived in thy mind.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Enough, O Daniel! Enough!” cried Cyrus. “If thou art able to show me this
+thing, I ask no more!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Hebrew sage, with a peculiar smile of satisfaction on his countenance, rose
+from his seat, and took from a shelf what appeared to be a scroll of ancient
+manuscript.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Listen, O king, to the words of Jehovah’s prophets in regard to the taking of
+Babylon:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘Make bright the arrows, gather the shields! The Lord hath raised up the
+spirits of the <i>kings of the Medes</i>, for his device is against Babylon to
+destroy it; because it is the vengeance of the Lord, the vengeance of his
+temple. Howl ye, for the day of the Lord is at hand! Shout against her round
+about! Behold, I will stir up the <i>Medes</i> against them, who shall not
+regard silver; and as for gold, they shall not delight in it. Lift ye up a
+banner upon the high mountain! Exalt the voice! shake the hand, that they may
+go into the gates of the nobles! Go up, O Elam! Besiege, O Media! Therefore
+shall evil come upon thee, and thou shalt not know from whence it cometh.
+Desolation shall come upon thee suddenly, which thou shalt not know. I have
+laid a snare for thee, and thou art also taken, and thou wast not aware. O thou
+that dwellest upon many waters, <i>I will dry up her sea</i>, and make her
+springs dry. A drought is upon her waters, and they shall be <i>dried up</i>.
+In her heat I will make their <i>feasts</i>, and I will <i>make them
+drunken</i>, that they may repose and sleep a perpetual sleep, and not wake,
+saith the Lord. Arise, ye princes, and anoint the shield! Prepare slaughter for
+his children, for the iniquity of their fathers, that they do not rise and
+possess the land; for I will rise up against thee, saith the Lord of hosts, and
+cut off from Babylon the name and remnant, and son and nephew, saith the Lord.’
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“These, O king, are some of the predictions of Jehovah against Babylon, by the
+mouths of his holy prophets. And has not my lord the king been an eye witness
+to their fulfillment!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They have all come to pass to the letter, O Daniel! Surely the God of Israel
+is the God of gods! Why should I any longer doubt? Thus it appears that Cyrus
+the Persian has been under the directions of the God of Israel, to bring about
+these wonderful events!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In this thou sayest truly, O king. And strange as it may sound in thine ears,
+be assured that thy name was known in Israel for over one hundred and fifty
+years before thy birth.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here the Persian gazed on the Hebrew for awhile in silent wonderment; and it
+was evident from his countenance, that he had some doubt in regard to the truth
+of the sentence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Did the king rightly understand thy meaning? Sayest thou that my <i>name</i>
+was known in Israel for one hundred and fifty years previous to my birth?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The king rightly understandeth his servant. Thy name was carefully written in
+a book by one of our prophets two hundred and twenty years ago. Happily, I have
+now in my possession a copy taken from the original, written by one of our
+scribes, and bearing date which maketh it over one hundred and seventy years
+old. If the king desireth, thy servant will read.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Read, Daniel,” said the king, with much feeling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Daniel from the same scroll from which he had read before, which was the
+Prophecies of Isaiah, read:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘Thus saith the Lord to his anointed, to Cyrus, whose right hand I have
+holden, to subdue nations before him; and I will loose the loins of kings to
+open before him the two-leaved gates; <i>and the gates shall not he shut</i>, I
+will go before thee, and make the crooked places straight: I will break in
+pieces <i>the gates of brass</i>, and cut in sunder the bars of iron: and I
+will give thee the treasures of darkness, and hidden riches of secret places,
+that thou mayest know that I, the Lord which call thee by thy name, am the God
+of Israel. For Jacob my servant’s sake, and Israel mine elect, I have even
+called thee by thy name: I have surnamed thee, though thou hast not known me.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Persian was deeply moved. Indeed, tears were in the monarch’s eyes. He
+rose, and in the deepest reverence, exclaimed:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I acknowledge the God of Israel as the great ruling power of the universe!
+Under his infinitely wise directions I stand ready to do his pleasure, and
+accomplish his great designs.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“One favor it is thine to grant, O king, according to the word of the Lord. For
+their iniquity the children of Judah were carried captive into Babylon, and
+Jerusalem was rendered desolate. According to the word of the Lord by the mouth
+of Jeremiah, they were to remain in this land of their captivity for seventy
+years. This period, O king, in a few more months will be at an end. I pray
+thee, give permission to the children of Judah to return to their own land, and
+build up the old waste places, and raise again a temple to the God of Israel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This thy request, O Daniel, shall be granted,” said the king, in a firm voice.
+“The proclamation shall go forth from the king, and all that is needful for the
+enterprise shall be supplied.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Praised be Jehovah!” said the aged Hebrew. “At last the days of Judah’s
+captivity are numbered, and Jerusalem shall be restored. Thy God, O king, whom
+from henceforth thou wilt serve, shall greatly prosper thee in the affairs of
+thy kingdom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I trust my faithful servant will consent to tarry with the king, to whom, from
+time to time, he will deliver lessons of wisdom. I purpose soon to remove my
+court from Babylon to Ecbatana, in Persia, whither I hope my faithful servant
+Daniel will consent to remove.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thy servant in this is willing to abide the pleasure of the king.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The king left the presence of his aged minister with strange but yet
+pleasurable emotions, hurried into his chariot, which was waiting, and was soon
+on his way to the palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next day the following proclamation was heralded through the streets of
+Babylon, and sent to all the provinces:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“Thus saith Cyrus, King of Persia: The Lord God of heaven hath given me all the
+kingdoms of the earth, and he hath charged me to build him an house at
+Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Who is there among you of all his people? His God
+be with him, and let him go up to Jerusalem, which is in Judah, and build the
+house of the Lord God of Israel (he is the God), which is in Jerusalem. And
+whosoever remaineth in any place where he sojourneth, let the men of his place
+help him with silver, and with gold, and with goods, and with beasts, besides
+the free-will offering for the house of God that is in Jerusalem.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This proclamation was received by the captive Jews with gladness and great joy.
+Measures were immediately put forth for the accomplishment of the enterprise;
+the king, in the meantime, continuing to give every encouragement to these
+measures, in the firm conviction that he was under peculiar guidance of the God
+of heaven.
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>
+A brighter day never dawned on the plains of Judah. The brilliant rays of the
+morning sun were seen flashing upwards from behind Mount Zion, like so many
+messengers in uniform, proclaiming the near approach of their sovereign master.
+Presently, the great regent of day himself, in slow and silent majesty, made
+his appearance, and once more smiled on the City of the Great King. At an early
+hour, multitudes were seen pouring into the city, from east, west, north, and
+south, and on each countenance might have been read a degree of excitement and
+animation. This was the twenty-fourth day of the second month, in the second
+year after the return from Babylon; and on this day was to be laid the
+foundation of the temple of the Lord. This was well understood throughout the
+land; and we wonder not that from cities and villages, from hill and valley,
+the emancipated Hebrews hastened by thousands to witness a scene at the thought
+of which their hearts throbbed with intense emotions. By the sixth hour the
+great multitudes had congregated to witness the solemn and joyful ceremony.
+There stood the priests, with their long, flowing robes, with trumpets in their
+hands. There, also, stood the Levites, and the sons of Asaph, with cymbals to
+praise the Lord, after the ordinance of David, king of Israel. The builders had
+laid the foundation. Then the trumpets were blown, and the sons of Asaph struck
+their cymbals. Songs of praise ascended on high, and they gave thanks unto the
+Lord.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The ceremony was over. The concourse was dismissed, under the benediction of
+the priests, and the masses moved homeward in all directions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two chariots of magnificent appearance, drawn by beautiful steeds, were seen
+leaving the ground. They drew much attention from the crowd, as they leisurely
+drove through the winding streets of Jerusalem. At last the chariots halted in
+front of a mansion, which had the appearance of having of late undergone a
+thorough repair. From one of these chariots alighted several venerable men,
+their hair whitened with age. Their whole bearing gave the beholder to
+understand that they were persons of distinction. From the other chariot
+alighted, first a man of middle age, next a woman somewhat younger, then an
+aged man and woman, the latter alighting with great elasticity of step. The
+countenance of this lady gave evidence that it had once been the throne of rare
+beauty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why looketh my brother so thoughtful and sad on this day of general rejoicing
+in Judah?” asked the aged lady, directing her address to one of those who had
+alighted from the first chariot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am not sad, sister,” replied the brother, “but am thoughtful. And what
+thinkest thou my mind dwelt upon?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Surely, I cannot tell. Some past scenes in Chaldea, peradventure.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nay, sister. But I was thinking that seventy and two years ago this very
+night, myself and my two brothers here, accompanied by our beloved Jeremiah,
+entered this house, and revealed the sad story of our captivity to our beloved
+Perreeza.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, dear Hananiah! and a dark night of sorrow that proved to your almost
+brokenhearted sister.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But I trust that Jehovah hath overruled the whole in the end to the glory of
+his great name,” said Mishael.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Surely he hath!” quickly answered Mathias. “Forever blessed be the memory of
+that delightful night when these eyes, at the house of Barzello, rested on the
+bright charms of the ‘Rose of Sharon.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The rose no longer blooms, Mathias!” answered Perreeza. “It’s hues are faded;
+and, under the pelting storms of life, its petals have well-nigh withered.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The tint may fade, and the petals may wither, but sweeter than ever shall its
+fragrance continue to perfume the surrounding air,” answered the husband, his
+face glowing with pure affection. “In that better country whither we are going,
+where flowers never fade, and where roses forever bloom, the ‘Rose of Sharon’
+shall yet flourish in immortal beauty.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mathias, Perreeza and the latter’s three brothers had been made almoners of an
+immense bequest provided in Joram’s will for advancing the interests of Judah.
+It was stipulated that the fund should not be employed until the expiration of
+seventy years of captivity. Joram believed, with Daniel and the other
+distinguished Israelites, that the captivity would come to an end in the
+specified seventy years. The treasure was hidden where none but the almoners
+and their natural heirs could disturb it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was Esrom’s purpose, as a final atonement, to bequeath one-half of his vast
+fortune for the development of religious and educational institutions in
+Jerusalem and to aid the poorer class of Hebrews to acquire homes. The decision
+of Cyrus the king to assist in rebuilding the Temple at Jerusalem enabled
+Mathias and his associates to use the bequest in other channels. The fund at
+their disposal was large, and they were enabled to give a new impetus to the
+cause of education in Judah. Hundreds of the former captives were likewise
+assisted in the purchase of land and cattle. Much had been accomplished in the
+past year for the upbuilding of Jerusalem and the advancement of the race. It
+was natural, therefore, that, at the close of the ceremonies attending the
+laying of the foundation of the new temple, Esrom’s friends should let their
+minds dwell on his generosity. Conversation turned to this theme as the family
+entered their home.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It was a gracious and noble thing for Joram to do,” exclaimed Hananiah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My uncle frequently told me,” said Perreeza, “that it was his earnest desire
+to have his native city and his beloved land of Judah take a more advanced
+position in the affairs of the world. He believed that, with higher educational
+advantages, the Israelites would rapidly gain in statecraft. They are an
+industrious people, and many of them have shown such marked administrative
+ability as to convince observing men that the race will be potent in shaping
+the destiny of nations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Uncle Esrom became the wealthiest man in all Babylon because of his sagacity
+in barter and exchange. He was wise in regard to what the populace would buy
+most freely and where to obtain the merchandise to the best advantage.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“His discretion rather than his wealth gave him influence at the king’s court,”
+exclaimed Mishael. “Joram was a credit to his people, and methinks he was
+remarkable for his talent as a diplomat. He had great influence in foreign
+countries, and his knowledge gained abroad was of the highest importance to
+Nebuchadnezzar throughout his reign. Our uncle never forgot his native land,
+and constantly exerted a powerful influence in behalf of the people of Judah.
+That work was secret and mysterious, however. Frequently we heard of unexpected
+concessions and favors to our people from the king, and in time found out that
+they were due to Joram’s promptings.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My great hope at present is,” returned Perreeza, “to be spared long enough to
+see substantial fruit spring from Uncle Esrom’s bounty.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I second that hope,” said Hananiah. “I wish to see all the returned captives
+well provided for. The children of all these families must have doubled
+advantages as a measure of restitution. We can accomplish much with the immense
+sum at our disposal.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We ought now, under such favorable circumstances,” said Mishael, “to give
+Israel a new start in commerce and education. We have the benefit of Daniel’s
+wisdom in this great undertaking; for, on several occasions before we left
+Babylon, he outlined plans by which Joram’s wishes might be carried out in a
+practical manner. With the present government of Chaldea to protect our nation,
+the security of life and property is assured. We can push our projects as hard
+as we please, and feel confident that nothing but good is being accomplished.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The melodious voice of young Rebekah was now heard in another apartment,
+warbling one of her sweetest songs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Jehovah bless the child!” cried the grandmother. “How that voice of melody
+cheers my heart!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Mother!” quickly replied Monroah. “Permit me to call her into this apartment,
+where she may sing and play thy favorite ‘song of Judah.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thou art ever kind to thy mother, dear Monroah; do as thou desirest.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rebekah was called.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Will my daughter sing and play for us her grandmother’s favorite ‘song of
+Judah’?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“With pleasure, mother,” cried Rebekah, as she quickly left the apartment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment she returned, bearing in her arms a stringed instrument with which
+the reader is somewhat familiar, and proceeded with the following appropriate
+song:
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+“When we our weary limbs to rest<br/>
+    Sat down by proud Euphrates’ stream,<br/>
+We wept, with doleful thoughts oppressed,<br/>
+    And Zion was our mournful theme.<br/>
+<br/>
+“Our harps, that when with joy we sung<br/>
+    Were wont their tuneful parts to bear,<br/>
+With silent strings neglected hung<br/>
+    On willow trees that withered there.<br/>
+<br/>
+“Oh, Salem! once our happy seat,<br/>
+    When I of thee forgetful prove,<br/>
+Then let my trembling hand forget<br/>
+    These speaking strings with art to move!<br/>
+<br/>
+“Again we hail the sacred hall,<br/>
+    That echoed to our youthful lays!<br/>
+And Amonober’s children all<br/>
+    Have reached their home to end their days.<br/>
+<br/>
+“To thee, Almighty King of kings,<br/>
+    In new-made hymns my voice I’ll raise,<br/>
+And instruments of many strings<br/>
+    Shall help me to adore and praise.<br/>
+<br/>
+“How sweet to die in Judah’s dale,<br/>
+    And with the fathers calmly rest;<br/>
+The thought of sleeping in yon vale,<br/>
+    How soothing to my throbbing breast!<br/>
+<br/>
+“A few more days of grief and pain,<br/>
+    And then adieu to every gloom,<br/>
+For soon we all shall meet again,<br/>
+    Beyond the portals of the tomb.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old harp of Judah has also returned from the captivity, and is once more
+safely lodged in its own native Jerusalem, whence Esrom bore it to the land of
+strangers a century before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Time has left some impression on its aged frame, but its tones are sweeter than
+ever. In that family it is held as a priceless treasure; and its melody shall
+sweetly fall on ears yet unborn, when the hands that now so skillfully sweep
+its well-tuned strings shall be palsied, and the sweet voices that blend with
+its thrilling chords shall be silent in the grave.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12792 ***</div>
+</body>
+
+</html>
+
+